Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Terex / FY2020 Annual Report

Terex
Annual Report 2020

TEX · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker TEX
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Terex
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2020ANNUAL REPORT 2020CORPORATIONCORPORATIONEXECUTE INNOVATEGROW45 Glover Ave, 4th Floor Norwalk, CT 06850 203-222-7170 www.terex.comEXECUTE INNOVATE GROW · TEREX CORPORATION ANNUAL REPORT 202023116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   123116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   13/16/21   5:07 PM3/16/21   5:07 PMThe Terex WayThe values and beliefs that guide our actions and behaviors INTEGRITY• We will not sacrifice integrity for profit.• We are transparent in all of our business dealings.• We are accountable to our team members, customers and shareholders for achieving our goals while protecting our reputation and assets.RESPECT• We provide a safe and healthy work environment for our team members.• We treat all people with dignity and respect.• We value the differences in people’s thinking, backgrounds and cultures.• We are committed to team member development.IMPROVEMENT• We continuously search for new and better ways of doing things, eliminating waste and continually improving.• We challenge the status quo and require stretch goals.• We work in teams across boundaries.SERVANT LEADERSHIP• We work to serve the needs of our customers, investors and team members.• We nurture a “chain of support” versus a “chain of command.”• We ask what we can do to help.COURAGE• We have the personal and professional courage to do the  right thing and take risks  that may cause us to win as  well as to fail periodically.• We make decisions and take action.• We don’t admonish failure, only the failure to learn.CITIZENSHIP• We’re good global, local and national citizens.• We are good stewards of the environment and the communities  in which we serve.• We participate in making the world we live in a better place.Execute, Innovate, Grow · Terex Corporation Annual Report 2020Shareholder InformationBOARD OF DIRECTORSJohn L. Garrison, Jr.Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerDavid A. SachsPartner, Ares Management Corp Lead Director, Terex CorporationPaula H. J. CholmondeleyPrivate Consultant, Strategic PlanningDonald DefossetChairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (retired)  Walter Industries, Inc.Thomas J. HansenVice Chairman (retired)  Illinois Tool Works, Inc.Sandie O’ConnorChief Regulatory Affairs Officer (retired) JP Morgan Chase & CompanyChristopher RossiPresident and Chief Executive Officer Kennametal, Inc.Effective January 1, 2021Andra RushChair and Chief Executive Officer Rush GroupThis Annual Report generally speaks as of December 31, 2020 and excludes discontinued operations. This annual report contains forward-looking information based on current expectations of Terex. Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results could differ materially. For a more detailed description of such risks and uncertainties, see the Terex Annual Report on Form 10-K, included with this Annual Report, under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Information.” The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Terex expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report to reflect any change in its expectations. This Annual Report refers to various non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures. The non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures being disclosed by other companies. Terex believes that this information is useful to understanding its operating results and the ongoing performance of its underlying businesses. The photographs, products, and service names included in this Annual Report may be trademarks, service marks, or trade names of Terex Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in the USA and other countries and all rights are reserved. Terex is a Registered Trademark of Terex Corporation in the USA and many other countries. Copyright 2021 Terex Corporation.CORPORATE LEADERSHIPJohn L. Garrison, Jr.Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President, Terex Aerial Work PlatformsJohn D. SheehanSenior Vice President,  Chief Financial OfficerStacey B. Babson-SmithVice President, Chief Ethics  and Compliance OfficerAndrew Campbell Vice President, Chief Information OfficerAmy J. GeorgeSenior Vice President,  Chief Human Resources OfficerKieran HegartyPresident, Terex Materials ProcessingScott J. PosnerSenior Vice President, General Counsel and SecretaryRandy S. WilliamsonVice President, Corporate Development and Chief Strategy OfficerCORPORATE HEADQUARTERSTerex Corporation  45 Glover Ave, 4th Floor Norwalk, CT 06850, USATelephone: 203-222-7170 Website: www.terex.comTRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRARAmerican Stock Transfer  & Trust Company 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219Telephone: 800-937-5449  or 718-921-8124Shareholders seeking information  concerning stock transfers, changes  of address and lost certificates  should contact the company’s stock  transfer agent directly. American Stock  Transfer & Trust Company may also  be contacted at help@astfinancial.com.STOCK INFORMATIONStock Symbol: TEX Stock Exchange: New York Stock Exchange The high and low quarterly sales prices  for the past two years of Terex Corporation are as follows ($):2020Q1Q2Q3Q4High30.1721.9922.5536.92Low12.1111.5417.1919.682019Q1Q2Q3Q4High38.5734.6733.4931.28Low25.8126.5922.9122.84 ANNUAL REPORT/FORM 10-KCopies of the Annual Report/Form10-K  are available by downloading from  https://investors.terex.com.ANNUAL MEETINGA virtual Annual Meeting of Shareholders  will be held at 10 a.m. (Eastern Time) on  May 6, 2021. Design: Taylor Design23116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   223116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   23/26/21   10:46 AM3/26/21   10:46 AMDEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERSWe are resolute in our goal to enhance our corporate culture  based on the Terex Way values, process discipline, and accountability which will deliver high performance.Leading Through the Pandemic 2020 presented one of the most challenging environments we have seen as a Company. COVID-19 and the associated market headwinds were felt around the globe, and those headwinds have abated but continue to impact our operating environment.  We responded to COVID-19 quickly and decisively by putting in place protocols  early in the crisis to protect the health and  safety of our team members and customers.  We addressed the financial challenges together, significantly reducing SG&A and other costs to align with end-market demand. I am proud of our team members for their commitment to serve our customers in these unprecedented times. Evolution of StrategyOne year ago, we announced that we were evolving our Focus, Simplify, Execute to Win business strategy to Taking Our Performance  to the Next Levelbecome Execute, Innovate, and Grow. Our priority quickly became navigating the pandemic, ensuring that we could deliver for customers while keeping team members safe. We looked at every aspect of the business to maximize our ability to be globally cost-competitive. Despite the financial constraints, we continued to engage in purposeful innovation. We listened to our customers to ensure that our products and services offer features and benefits that provide exceptional value. To better serve customers, we also made appropriate investments in manufacturing, product solutions and connected assets and digital capabilities across the enterprise.I am confident that Terex is positioned for profitable growth in 2021. Our businesses are strong, as are our brands and market positions. We will continue to Execute on our plan, including rigorously controlling FROM THE CHAIRMAN & CEO1Execute, Innovate, Grow · Terex Corporation Annual Report 2020Simon Meester (Chief Operating Officer, Terex Aerials) and John L. Garrison, Jr. (Chairman and CEO, President, Terex Aerial Work Platforms) pictured with the Genie® S®-60 J boom lift and Genie® GS™-1932 E-Drive scissor lift at the Genie headquarters in Redmond, Washington.23116_Terex_Annual-Report_Narative.indd   123116_Terex_Annual-Report_Narative.indd   13/19/21   3:50 PM3/19/21   3:50 PMLooking AheadBy focusing on the things that we can control, we successfully led the team through the pandemic and prepared the Company to outperform during the recovery. In 2021, we will advance our strategy to position the Company for improved profitability.Finally, I encourage everyone to take the COVID-19 vaccine when it becomes available, and it is your turn. This will be  key to our industry and community  moving beyond the COVID-19 pandemic. Thank you for your interest and investment in Terex.Stay safe and healthy, John L. Garrison, Jr. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Our Commitment to ESGWe have been active in Environment,  Social and Governance (ESG) activities for many years, notably through our commitment to building a Zero Harm safety culture and our Company’s Purpose  of helping improve people’s lives. Our ESG commitment—including safety, governance, diversity, citizenship, and environmental stewardship—is the bedrock upon which our strategy is executed. Wherever we operate, Terex is committed to operating as a responsible corporate citizen. Our culture is defined by our Terex Way values—Integrity, Respect, Improvement, Servant Leadership, Courage and Citizenship. Our values are a fundamental strength of the Company that enabled us to be resilient during  2020, and which positions us for the future. Another strength is our commitment to Diversity, Equity & Inclusion. In 2020, we further enhanced the diversity of our Board of Directors with the appointment of our third female Board Member, Sandie O’Connor. We also added the important concept of “Equity” to our Diversity & Inclusion program to make sure that all  non-majority team members feel accepted and have opportunities to grow within  Terex, and that our global team reflects  the world in which we live and work.  Our focus is across three dimensions: • Workforce: We are committed to increasing and retaining demographic diversity at all levels of our global workforce. • Workplace: Our values of respect  and improvement guide us to maintain  an inclusive, supportive, equitable,  and safe workplace, and to encourage  and embrace diverse voices. • Marketplace: As a global manufacturing company, we partner with customers and suppliers around the world, and we respect the diversity of these valued partners. We also encourage our team members to volunteer in the communities where they work and live. 2Execute, Innovate, Grow · Terex Corporation Annual Report 2020costs while improving margins. We will continue to purposefully Innovate with products and services to serve our specialized markets, including technologies that help make our products easier to  use and more productive for customers.  To support our ability to Grow, we plan  to invest approximately $90 million of capital spending in 2021. In addition, based on  our strong balance sheet and expectations of 2021 free cash flow generation, our Board of Directors has reinstated a quarterly dividend for 2021. Each of our businesses has developed specific plans for 2021 to execute on key priorities, purposefully innovate to improve competitiveness,  and position the business for growth by:• Continuing to focus on our Zero Harm Safety Culture. Globally, our team members have operated safely during  the pandemic. The challenge now is that we are going through a period of transition where our plants are exposed to disruption as we bring new team members on, continue  to avoid COVID-19,  and work through challenges with suppliers. • Continuing to aggressively manage costs. In 2021, the team will be rigorous in avoiding adding back costs into the system as we go forward. The business will leverage higher volumes, so we can improve operating margins. • Delivering on our commitments.  We want to be a team that our customers and stockholders can trust. • Building on the process discipline we exhibited in 2020. This includes improved management of working  capital, which supports healthy cash  flow. We will be disciplined, starting with our Sales, Inventory & Operations Planning (SIOP), to ensure that we optimize inventory and sales.• Innovating purposefully—not just for the sake of doing something new, but innovation that enables us to reduce the cost of manufacturing, and help our customers achieve a higher rate of return on their investment in Terex equipment.HONORING GENIE FOUNDER  BUD BUSHNELLSherman Ward “Bud” Bushnell II, the founder of Genie, passed away during  2020 at 99 years old. Bud was an inventor and entrepreneur, starting Genie in 1966 with a simple lifting device powered  by compressed gas. Bud was a brilliant visionary who set the foundation for a global business that enables people to work safely at height. Bud will be remembered fondly  by Genie team members and customers.23116_Terex_Annual-Report_Narative.indd   223116_Terex_Annual-Report_Narative.indd   23/19/21   3:50 PM3/19/21   3:50 PMUNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020
or

Commission file number 1-10702 
TEREX CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
45 Glover Ave, 4th Floor Norwalk Connecticut
(Address of principal executive offices)

34-1531521
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
06850
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (203) 222-7170 
_______________________________________________________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE

TEX

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act.

Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to 
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company 
or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer ☒
Smaller Reporting Company ☐

Accelerated Filer ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

Non-accelerated Filer ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting 
firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ☐ No ☒

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant  was  approximately 
$1,256.0 million based on the last sale price on June 30, 2020.

Number of outstanding shares of common stock: 69.4 million as of February 9, 2021.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions  of  the  Terex  Corporation  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  year 
covered by this Form 10-K with respect to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

As  used  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  Terex  Corporation,  together  with  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is referred to as “Terex,” the “Registrant,” “us,” “we,” “our” or the “Company.”  Unless specifically noted otherwise, this 
Annual Report generally speaks as of December 31, 2020 and excludes discontinued operations.  Discontinued operations primarily 
relate to the Demag® mobile cranes business and mobile crane product lines that were previously manufactured in our Oklahoma City 
facility.    See  Note  D  -  “Discontinued  Operations  and  Assets  and  Liabilities  Held  for  Sale”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements for further information.

Forward-Looking Information

Certain information in this Annual Report includes forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities 
Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) regarding 
future events or our future financial performance that involve certain contingencies and uncertainties, including those discussed below 
in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Contingencies and 
Uncertainties.”  In addition, when included in this Annual Report or in documents incorporated herein by reference, the words “may,” 
“expects,”  “should,”  “intends,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “plans,”  “projects,”  “estimates,”  “will”  and  the  negatives  thereof  and 
analogous or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  However, the absence of these words does not 
mean  that  the  statement  is  not  forward-looking.    We  have  based  these  forward-looking  statements  on  current  expectations  and 
projections about future events.  These statements are not guarantees of future performance.  Such statements are inherently subject to 
a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  reflected  in  such  forward-looking 
statements.  Such risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include, among others:

•

•

•
•

•
•
•
•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

our business has been, and could be further, adversely impacted by global health pandemics such as the outbreak of a new 
strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”);
our business is highly competitive and is affected by our cost structure, pricing, product initiatives and other actions taken by 
competitors;
we are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price increases;
our  operations  are  subject  to  a  number  of  potential  risks  that  arise  from  operating  a  multinational  business,  including 
compliance with changing regulatory environments and political instability;
a material disruption to one of our significant facilities;
our business is sensitive to government spending;
our business is affected by the cyclical nature of markets we serve;
our  financial  results  could  be  adversely  impacted  by  the  United  Kingdom’s  (“U.K.”)  departure  from  the  European  Union 
(“E.U.”);
changes  affecting  the  availability  of  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  may  have  consequences  on  us  that 
cannot yet reasonably be predicted;
our need to comply with restrictive covenants contained in our debt agreements;
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations and operate our business;
our ability to access the capital markets to raise funds and provide liquidity;
the financial condition of suppliers and customers, and their continued access to capital;
exposure from providing financing and credit support for some of our customers;
we may experience losses in excess of recorded reserves;
our  business  is  global  and  subject  to  changes  in  exchange  rates  between  currencies,  commodity  price  changes,  regional 
economic conditions and trade restrictions;
our retention of key management personnel;
possible work stoppages and other labor matters;
changes in import/export regulatory regimes and the escalation of global trade conflicts could continue to negatively impact 
sales of our products and our financial results;
compliance with changing laws and regulations, particularly environmental and tax laws and regulations;
litigation, product liability claims and other liabilities;
our compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws;
increased regulatory focus on privacy and data security issues and expanding laws;
our  ability  to  comply  with  an  injunction  and  related  obligations  imposed  by  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”);
our ability to successfully implement our strategy;
disruption or breach in our information technology systems and storage of sensitive data; and
other factors.

Actual  events  or  our  actual  future  results  may  differ  materially  from  any  forward-looking  statement  due  to  these  and  other  risks, 
uncertainties and material factors.  The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report 
and  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  documents  incorporated  herein  by  reference  speak  only  as  of  the  date  of  the 
respective  documents.    We  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  or  undertaking  to  release  publicly  any  updates  or  revisions  to  any 
forward-looking statement contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report to reflect any change in our expectations with 
regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

2

TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

PAGE

4
15
23
24
24
24

25
27

28

48

49

49

50

50

51

51

51

51

51

52
55

56

3

PART I

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS

GENERAL

Our  Company  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in  October  1986  as  Terex  U.S.A.,  Inc.    Since  that  time,  we  have  changed 
significantly, and much of this change has been historically accomplished through acquisitions and managing our portfolio of 
companies by divestiture of non-core businesses and products.  Today, Terex is a global manufacturer of aerial work platforms 
and materials processing machinery.  We design, build and support products used in construction, maintenance, manufacturing, 
energy, minerals and materials management applications.  Our products are manufactured in North and South America, Europe, 
Australia  and  Asia  and  sold  worldwide.    We  engage  with  customers  through  all  stages  of  the  product  life  cycle,  from  initial 
specification  and  financing  to  parts  and  service  support.    We  continue  to  focus  on  becoming  an  industry  leading  operating 
company.

We report our business in the following segments: (i) Aerial Work Platforms (“AWP”) and (ii) Materials Processing (“MP”).

Further information about our industry and reportable segments appears in Part II, Item 7. – “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  Note  B  –  “Business  Segment  Information”  in  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS

Our  AWP  segment  designs,  manufactures,  services  and  markets  aerial  work  platform  equipment,  utility  equipment  and 
telehandlers.  Products include portable material lifts, portable aerial work platforms, trailer-mounted articulating booms, self-
propelled  articulating  and  telescopic  booms,  scissor  lifts,  utility  equipment  (including  truck-mounted  digger  derricks  and 
insulated  aerial  devices)  and  telehandlers,  as  well  as  their  related  components  and  replacement  parts.    Customers  use  these 
products to construct and maintain industrial, commercial, institutional and residential buildings and facilities, for construction 
and  maintenance  of  utility  and  telecommunication  lines,  tree  trimming,  certain  construction  and  foundation  drilling 
applications, and for other commercial operations, as well as in a wide range of infrastructure projects.  We market aerial work 
platform products principally under the Terex® and Genie® brand names.

AWP has the following significant manufacturing operations:

•

•
•

Aerial  work  platform  equipment  is  manufactured  in  Redmond  and  Moses  Lake,  Washington,  Umbertide,  Italy  and 
Changzhou, China;
Utility products are manufactured in Watertown and Huron, South Dakota and Betim, Brazil; and
Telehandlers are manufactured in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and Umbertide, Italy.

We  have  a  parts  and  logistics  center  located  in  North  Bend,  Washington  for  our  aerial  and  utility  products.    Additionally,  a 
portion of our aerial and utility products parts business is conducted at a shared Terex facility in Southaven, Mississippi.  Our 
European, Asian Pacific and Latin American parts and logistics operations are conducted through a combination of outsourced 
facilities and Terex managed operations.

We also provide service and support for aerial and utility products in the U.S. through a network of service branches and field 
service operations.  We have announced plans to exit and sell our utility hot line tools business in Betim, Brazil.

MATERIALS PROCESSING

Our MP segment designs, manufactures, services and markets materials processing and specialty equipment, including crushers, 
washing  systems,  screens,  apron  feeders,  material  handlers,  pick  and  carry  cranes,  rough  terrain  cranes,  tower  cranes,  wood 
processing,  biomass  and  recycling  equipment,  concrete  mixer  trucks  and  concrete  pavers,  conveyors,  and  their  related 
components  and  replacement  parts.    Customers  use  these  products  in  construction,  infrastructure  and  recycling  projects,  in 
various  quarrying  and  mining  applications,  as  well  as  in  landscaping  and  biomass  production  industries,  material  handling 
applications,  maintenance  applications  to  lift  equipment  or  material,  moving  materials  and  equipment  on  rugged  or  uneven 
terrain,  lifting  construction  material  and  placing  material  at  point  of  use.    We  market  our  MP  products  principally  under  the 
Terex®, Powerscreen®, Fuchs®, EvoQuip®, Canica®, Cedarapids®, CBI®, Simplicity®, Franna®, Terex Ecotec®, Terex Finlay®, 
Terex Washing Systems, Terex MPS, Terex Jaques®, Terex Advance®, Terex Conveying Systems, ProStacktm and Terex Bid-
Well® brand names and business lines.

4

MP has the following significant manufacturing operations:

• Mobile crushers, mobile screens and washing systems are manufactured in Omagh and Dungannon, Northern Ireland;
• Mobile  crushers,  mobile  screens,  base  crushers,  base  screens,  modular  and  wheeled  crushing  and  screening  plants, 

track conveyors and washing systems are manufactured in Hosur, India;

• Modular, mobile and static crushing and screening equipment and base crushers are manufactured in Oklahoma City, 

Oklahoma;
Static crushers and screens are manufactured in Subang Jaya, Malaysia;
Crushing and screening equipment is manufactured in Durand, Michigan;
Crushing chambers are manufactured in Coalville, England;
Tracked conveyors and telescopic wheeled conveyors are manufactured in Campsie, Northern Ireland;
Fabrications, sub-assemblies and steel kits are manufactured in Ballymoney, Northern Ireland;

•
•
•
•
•
• Wood  processing,  biomass  and  recycling  equipment  systems  are  manufactured  in  Newton,  New  Hampshire, 

Dungannon, Northern Ireland and Campsie, Northern Ireland;
• Material handlers are manufactured in Bad Schönborn, Germany;
•
•
•
•
•

Concrete pavers and tracked conveyors are manufactured in Canton, South Dakota;
Front discharge concrete mixer trucks are manufactured in Fort Wayne, Indiana;
Pick and carry cranes are manufactured in Brisbane, Australia;
Rough terrain cranes are manufactured in Crespellano, Italy; and
Tower cranes are manufactured in Fontanafredda, Italy.

We  have  North  American  distribution  centers  in  Louisville,  Kentucky  and  Southaven,  Mississippi  and  service  centers  in 
Australia, Thailand, Turkey and Malaysia.

OTHER

We may assist customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of our products through Terex Financial Services (“TFS”).  TFS 
uses its equipment financing experience to facilitate financial products and services to assist in the acquisition of our equipment.  
TFS continually evaluates the level to which it utilizes third party funding versus providing direct customer financing to meet 
its business objectives.

In the United States and on a limited basis in China, TFS originates and services financing transactions directly with end-user 
customers,  distributors  and  rental  companies.    Most  of  the  transactions  are  fixed  and  floating  rate  loans;  however,  TFS  also 
provides  sales-type  leases,  operating  leases  and  rentals.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  loans  and  leases  are  sold  to  third 
party  financial  institutions.    Increasingly,  and  on  a  global  basis,  TFS  facilitates  financing  transactions  directly  between  our 
customers and third party financial institutions, providing recourse in certain circumstances.  In addition, wholesale financing 
may  be  arranged  between  dealers  and  distributors  who  sell  our  equipment  and  financial  institutions  with  which  TFS  has 
established relationships.

TFS  continually  monitors  used  equipment  values  of  Terex  equipment  in  the  secondary  market  sales  channels  for  all  of  our 
equipment categories. This provides a basis to project future values of equipment for the underwriting of leases or loans.  These 
secondary  market  sales  channels  are  also  used  for  re-marketing  any  equipment  which  is  returned  at  end  of  lease,  or  is 
repossessed in case of a customer default.  When equipment is received, TFS uses the resale channel which maximizes proceeds 
and/or mitigates risk for Terex and our funding partners.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Mobile Cranes

On July 31, 2019, we completed the disposition of our Demag® mobile cranes business (“Demag”) to Tadano Ltd. and certain 
of  its  subsidiaries  (“Tadano”).    Products  divested  were  our  Demag®  all  terrain  cranes  and  large  lattice  boom  crawler  cranes.  
During  2019,  we  also  exited  North  American  mobile  crane  product  lines  manufactured  in  our  Oklahoma  City  facility.    Our 
actions to sell Demag and cease the manufacturing of mobile crane product lines in our Oklahoma City facility represented a 
significant  strategic  shift  in  our  business  away  from  mobile  cranes  as  these  businesses  constituted  a  significant  part  of  our 
operations and financial results.  We believe these actions were necessary to execute our strategy.

See  Note  D  –  “Discontinued  Operations  and  Assets  and  Liabilities  Held  for  Sale”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements for further information regarding dispositions and our discontinued operations.

5

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Terex is a manufacturer of specialized capital equipment and related services.  Our goal is to design, manufacture and market 
equipment  and  services  that  provide  superior  life-cycle  return  on  invested  capital  to  our  customers  (“Customer  ROIC”).  
Customer ROIC is a key focus of our organization and is central to our ability to generate returns for investors.

We  operate  our  business  based  on  our  value  system,  “The  Terex  Way.”    The  Terex  Way  values  shape  the  culture  of  our 
Company and reflect our collective commitment to and understanding of what it means to be a part of Terex.  The Terex Way is 
based on six key values:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Integrity:  Integrity  reflects  honesty,  ethics,  transparency  and  accountability.  We  are  committed  to  maintaining  high 
ethical standards in all of our business dealings and we never sacrifice our integrity for profit.
Respect: Respect incorporates concern for safety, health, teamwork, diversity, inclusion and performance. We treat all 
our team members, customers and suppliers with respect and dignity.
Improvement:  Improvement  encompasses  quality,  problem-solving  systems,  a  continuous  improvement  culture  and 
collaboration. We continuously search for new and better ways of doing things, focusing on continuous improvement 
and the elimination of waste.
Servant Leadership: Servant leadership requires service to others, humility, authenticity and leading by example. We 
work to serve the needs of our customers, investors and team members.
Courage: Courage entails willingness to take risks, responsibility, action and empowerment. We have the courage to 
make a difference even when it is difficult.
Citizenship: Citizenship means social responsibility and environmental stewardship. We comply with all laws, respect 
all people’s values and cultures, and are good global, national and local citizens.

From 2016 - 2019, Terex pursued a strategy based on three key themes:

1. Focus the portfolio on businesses best positioned to generate returns above the cost of capital through the cycle.
2.
Simplify company structure, systems and footprint to improve efficiency and enhance global competitiveness.
3. Execute to Win, driving process discipline, execution rigor, and accountability in core processes.

The “Focus” theme concentrated our business portfolio in product categories where we are among the market leaders.  Where 
we were not among the market leaders our strategy has been to either divest those product lines or pursue a business strategy 
which  we  believe  will  enable  us  to  become  a  market  leader.    Work  related  to  this  strategic  theme  involved  review  of  all 
businesses in the portfolio from the perspectives of market attractiveness and competitive position.  Several portfolio actions 
were taken as a result, including disposition of our Material Handling and Port Solutions business (“MHPS”) and Demag, and 
the outcome was our current two-segment company in which greater than 90% of remaining businesses are top three in their 
respective  categories  and  in  which  all  remaining  businesses  have  the  demonstrated  ability  to  sustainably  out-earn  the  cost  of 
capital.

The “Simplify” theme centered on complexity reduction and cost management.  This involved efforts to flatten and streamline 
the organization.  We undertook finance initiatives to simplify the way that we measure and manage the Company day-to-day 
and simplified the Company’s manufacturing footprint.

The  “Execute  to  Win”  theme  focused  on  new  process  disciplines  and  on  executing  step  change  improvements  in  three  core 
process areas: Strategic Sourcing, Commercial Excellence, and Life Cycle Solutions.  Core teams were established in each area, 
and these teams drove programmatic changes across all businesses in the Company.

During 2020, we transitioned our “Focus, Simplify, Execute to Win” strategy to its next phase of “Execute, Innovate, Grow”.

The “Execute” theme continues the progress made with “Execute to Win”, while intensifying process discipline and improving 
measurement  and  accountability.    We  have  now  re-embedded  responsibility  for  Strategic  Sourcing,  Commercial  Excellence, 
and Lifecycle Solutions into our business segments, but the team members responsible for such are closely networked to one 
another and continue to share best practices.  We are also implementing several new operational processes and enabling systems 
within the Company as part of the “Execute” theme.

6

The “Innovate” theme focuses on purposeful development of step-change improvements in Terex offerings and in the efficiency 
with  which  these  offerings  are  executed  and  supported.    When  we  talk  about  innovation  at  Terex,  we  mean  doing  things 
significantly better tomorrow than they have been done in the past by harnessing new thinking and applying technology in new 
and creative ways.  While digitalization plays an important role in this and many of the innovations we currently pursue, there 
are many other aspects of this strategy that involve non-digital changes to the design of our products and improved ways of 
doing things.

The “Grow” theme is, in many ways, the outcome of doing “Execute” and “Innovate” well.  We will successfully and profitably 
grow  when  we  operate  efficiently,  apply  new  thinking  in  creating  value  for  customers  and  take  on  new  challenges  through 
business investments (i.e. new category development, new geographic development).  We also see a role for increased inorganic 
investment,  smartly  adding  scope  or  depth  to  our  Company  via  acquisitions.    We  are  actively  rebuilding  our  inorganic 
investment pipeline, with an eye towards adding new dimensions to the Company portfolio and applying our skills as a manager 
of specialized machinery businesses in new and complementary domains.

Our  Disciplined  Capital  Allocation  approach  remains  an  important  part  of  our  overall  strategy,  including  maintenance  of  an 
optimal capital structure (~2.5 average net debt to EBITDA over the cycle), growth investments, restructuring investments and 
efficient return of capital to shareholders via dividends and share repurchases.

Successful pursuit of the “Execute, Innovate, Grow” strategy will shape the direction of our Company over the coming years, 
much in the same way that “Focus, Simplify, Execute to Win” shaped our direction between 2016 and 2019.  Terex is a diverse 
company that works collaboratively to deliver business performance efficiently and effectively.  We balance the independence 
of our businesses with the benefits of total Company scale, and our ability to do this is central to the style of management in our 
Company.

PRODUCTS

AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS

AERIAL  WORK  PLATFORMS.    Aerial  work  platform  equipment  positions  workers  and  materials  easily  and  quickly  to 
elevated  work  areas,  enhancing  safety  and  productivity  at  height.    These  products  have  been  developed  as  alternatives  to 
scaffolding and ladders.  We offer a variety of aerial lifts that are categorized into six product families: portable material lifts; 
portable  aerial  work  platforms;  trailer-mounted  articulating  booms;  self-propelled  articulating  and  self-propelled  telescopic 
booms; and scissor lifts.

•
•
•

•

•

•

Portable material lifts are used primarily indoors in the construction, industrial and theatrical markets.
Portable aerial work platforms are used primarily indoors in a variety of markets to perform overhead maintenance.
Trailer-mounted articulating booms are used both indoors and outdoors.  They provide versatile reach, and they have 
the ability to be towed between job sites.
Self-propelled  articulating  booms  are  primarily  used  in  construction  and  industrial  applications,  both  indoors  and 
outdoors.    They  feature  lifting  versatility  with  up,  out  and  over  position  capabilities  to  access  difficult  to  reach 
overhead areas.
Self-propelled telescopic booms are used outdoors in commercial, industrial and institutional construction, as well as 
highway and bridge maintenance projects.
Scissor  lifts  are  used  in  indoor  and  outdoor  applications  in  a  variety  of  construction,  industrial,  institutional  and 
commercial settings.

UTILITY EQUIPMENT.  Our utility products include digger derricks and insulated aerial devices.  These products are used by 
electric utilities, tree care companies, telecommunications and cable companies, and the related construction industries, as well 
as by government organizations.

•

•

Digger  derricks  are  insulated  products  used  to  dig  holes,  hoist  and  set  utility  poles,  as  well  as  lift  transformers  and 
other materials at job sites near energized power lines.
Insulated aerial devices are used to elevate workers and material to work areas at the top of utility poles near energized 
transmission and distribution lines and for trimming trees near energized electrical lines, as well as for miscellaneous 
purposes such as sign maintenance.

TELEHANDLERS.  Telehandlers are used to move and place materials on residential and commercial construction sites and in 
the energy and infrastructure industries.

7

SERVICES.  We offer a range of services for aerial and utility products consisting of inspections, preventative maintenance, 
general repairs, reconditioning, refurbishment, modernization and spare parts, as well as consultancy and training services.  Our 
services are provided on our own products and on third-party products and related equipment.

MATERIALS PROCESSING

MATERIALS  PROCESSING  EQUIPMENT.    Materials  processing  equipment  is  used  in  processing  aggregate  materials  for 
building applications and is also used in the quarrying, mining, construction, demolition, recycling, landscaping and biomass 
production  industries.    Our  materials  processing  equipment  includes  crushers,  screens  and  feeders,  washing  systems  and 
conveyors as well as wood and biomass chippers and grinders, concrete mixers and pavers.

We manufacture a range of jaw, impactor (both horizontal and vertical shaft) and cone crushers, as well as base crushers for 
integration within mobile, modular and static plants.

•

•

Jaw  crushers  are  used  for  crushing  larger  rock,  primarily  at  the  quarry  face  or  on  recycling  duties.    Applications 
include  hard  rock,  sand  and  gravel  and  recycled  materials.    Cone  crushers  are  used  in  secondary  and  tertiary 
applications to reduce a number of materials, including quarry rock and riverbed gravel.
Horizontal shaft impactors are primary and secondary crushers.  They are typically applied to reduce soft to medium 
hard materials, as well as recycled materials.  Vertical shaft impactors are secondary and tertiary crushers that reduce 
material utilizing various rotor configurations and are highly adaptable to any application.

Our screening and feeder equipment includes:

•

•

Heavy duty inclined and horizontal screens and feeders, which are used in low to high tonnage applications and are 
available  as  either  stationary  or  heavy-duty  mobile  equipment.    Screens  are  used  in  all  phases  of  plant  design  from 
handling quarried material to fine screening.  Dry screening is used to process materials such as sand, gravel, quarry 
rock, coal, ore, construction and demolition waste, soil, compost and wood chips.
Feeders are used to unload materials from hoppers and bulk material storage at controlled rates.  They are available for 
applications  ranging  from  primary  feed  hoppers  to  fine  material  bin  unloading.    Our  range  includes  apron  feeders, 
grizzly feeders and pan feeders.

Washing system products include mobile and static wash plants incorporating separation, washing, scrubbing, dewatering and 
stockpiling.  We manufacture mobile and stationary rinsing screens, scrubbing systems, sand screw dewaterers, bucket-wheel 
dewaterers, water management systems, hydrocyclone plants for efficient silt extraction and a range of stockpiling conveyors.  
Washing systems operate in the aggregates, recycling, mining and industrial sands segments.

Wood  processing,  biomass  and  recycling  equipment  includes  shredders,  grinders,  trommels,  chippers  and  specialty  systems.  
This  equipment  is  used  in,  among  other  things,  recycling,  wood  energy,  green  waste/construction,  demolition  recycling 
industries and pulp and paper.

We  manufacture  a  range  of  conveyors  which  include  tracked  and  wheeled  mobile  conveyors.    Conveyors  are  mechanical 
machines used to transport and stockpile materials such as aggregates and minerals after processing.

SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT.  We manufacture material handlers, cranes, concrete mixer trucks and concrete pavers.

• Material handlers are designed for handling logs, scrap, recycling and other bulky materials with clamshell, magnet or 

grapple attachments.
Pick  and  carry  cranes  are  designed  for  a  wide  variety  of  applications,  including  use  at  mine  sites,  large  fabrication 
yards, building and construction sites and in machinery maintenance and installation.  They combine high road speed 
with all-terrain capability.
Rough  terrain  cranes  move  materials  and  equipment  on  rugged  or  uneven  terrain  and  are  often  located  on  a  single 
construction or work site for long periods.  Rough terrain cranes cannot be driven on highways (other than in Italy) and 
accordingly must be transported by truck to the work site.
Tower  cranes  are  often  used  in  urban  areas  where  space  is  constrained  and  in  long-term  or  high-rise  building  sites.  
Tower  cranes  lift  construction  material  and  place  the  material  at  the  point  of  use.    We  produce  self-erecting, 
hammerhead, flat top and luffing jib tower cranes.
Concrete  mixer  trucks  are  machines  with  a  large  revolving  drum  in  which  cement  is  mixed  with  other  materials  to 
make concrete. We offer models with custom chassis with configurations from three to seven axles.
Our concrete pavers are used to finish bridges, canals, concrete streets, highways and airport surfaces.

•

•

•

•

•

8

BACKLOG

Our backlog as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in millions):

AWP

MP

Total

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

825.6  $ 

523.4 

752.5 

328.7 

$  1,349.0  $  1,081.2 

We define backlog as firm orders that are expected to be filled within one year, although there can be no assurance that all such 
backlog orders will be filled within that time. Our backlog orders represent primarily new equipment orders.  Parts orders are 
generally filled on an as-ordered basis.

Our management views backlog as one of many indicators of the performance of our business.  Because many variables can 
cause  changes  in  backlog  and  these  changes  may  or  may  not  be  of  any  significance,  we  consequently  view  backlog  as  an 
important, but not necessarily determinative, indicator of future results.

Our overall backlog amounts at December 31, 2020 increased $267.8 million from our backlog amounts at December 31, 2019, 
due to higher orders across all business segments.

AWP segment backlog at December 31, 2020 increased approximately 10% from our backlog amounts at December 31, 2019.  
This increase from the prior year was driven primarily by customer optimism about a recovery following fleet reductions and 
delayed capital expenditures during 2020 in Western Europe and to a lesser extent North America and China.

MP segment backlog at December 31, 2020 increased approximately 59% from our backlog amounts at December 31, 2019.  
This increase from the prior year was driven primarily by higher demand in our aggregates, concrete and cranes businesses in 
North America and to a lesser extent Western Europe and Asia Pacific.

DISTRIBUTION

We distribute our products through a global network of dealers, rental companies, major accounts and direct sales to customers.

AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS

Our aerial work platform and telehandler products are distributed principally through a global network of rental companies and 
independent distributors.  We employ sales representatives who service these channel partners from offices located throughout 
the world.

Our utility products are distributed to the utility and municipal markets and contractors in North America principally through a 
network  of  rental  companies,  independent  distributors  and  a  direct  sales  model.    Outside  of  North  America,  independent 
distributors sell our utility equipment directly to customers. 

MATERIALS PROCESSING

We distribute our products through a global network of independent distributors, rental companies, major accounts and direct 
sales to customers.

9

 
 
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

We maintain engineering staff primarily at our manufacturing locations to conduct research, development and engineering for 
site-specific  products.    We  have  also  established  competency  centers  that  support  entire  segments  from  single  locations  in 
certain fields such as control systems.  Our businesses also assess global trends to understand future needs of our customers and 
help us decide which technologies to implement in future development projects.  In addition, our engineering center in India 
supports our engineering teams worldwide through new product design, existing product design improvement and development 
of  products  for  local  markets.    Continually  monitoring  our  materials,  manufacturing  and  engineering  costs  is  essential  to 
identify possible savings, then leverage those savings to improve our competitiveness and our customers’ return on investment.  
Our  research,  development  and  engineering  expenses  are  primarily  incurred  to  develop  (i)  additional  applications  and 
extensions  of  our  existing  product  lines  to  meet  customer  needs,  such  as  the  telematics  application  to  remotely  monitor  and 
manage our products, and take advantage of growth opportunities, and (ii) customer responsive enhancements and continuous 
cost improvements of existing products.

Our  engineering  focus  mirrors  the  business  priorities  of  delivering  customer  responsive  solutions,  growing  in  developing 
markets, complying with evolving regulatory standards in our global markets and applying our lean manufacturing principles 
by  standardizing  products,  rationalizing  components  and  strategically  aligning  with  select  global  suppliers.    Our  engineering 
teams  in  China  and  India  represent  our  commitment  to  engineering  products  for  developing  markets.    They  take  equipment 
technology from the developed markets and translate it to appropriate technology for developing markets using the experience 
and cultural understanding of engineering teams native to those markets.

Product  change  driven  by  compliance  with  new  regulations  and  environmental  standards  continues  to  be  a  focus  of  the 
Company, including the newest diesel engine emission reduction program introduced in Europe, known as Stage V, which is 
driving further engine emissions related product development.  We are active in the development of incorporating alternative 
power solutions within our different product lines as our customers are seeking out products that operate on battery-electric and 
fuel-electric hybrid options.  Product innovation has become a core element of our growth strategy.  We have re-invigorated 
and increased our emphasis on creating new models and meeting the demands of our customers.  Robust product development 
pipelines are in place, which we expect will continue to bring new, differentiated products to the market in the years ahead.  We 
have  also  focused  on  producing  more  cost-effective  product  solutions  across  product  families,  as  well  as  increasing 
commonalities of components to ease manufacturing processes.

We will continue our commitment to appropriate levels of research, development and engineering spending in order to meet our 
customer  needs,  uphold  competitive  functionality  of  our  products  and  maintain  regulatory  compliance  in  all  the  markets  we 
serve.

MATERIALS

Information regarding principal materials, components and commodities and any risks associated with these items are included 
in Part II, Item 7A. – “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Commodities Risk.”

10

COMPETITION

We face a competitive global manufacturing market for all of our products.  We compete with other manufacturers based on 
many factors, particularly price, performance and product reliability.  We generally operate under a best value strategy, where 
we  attempt  to  offer  our  customers  products  designed  to  improve  customers’  return  on  invested  capital.    However,  in  some 
instances,  customers  may  prefer  the  pricing,  performance  or  reliability  aspects  of  a  competitor’s  product  despite  our  product 
pricing  or  performance.    We  do  not  have  a  single  competitor  across  our  business  segments.    The  following  table  shows  the 
primary competitors, in alphabetical order, for our products in the following categories:

BUSINESS SEGMENT
Aerial Work Platforms

PRODUCTS

Portable  Material  Lifts  and  Portable 
Aerial Work Platforms

PRIMARY COMPETITORS
Oshkosh (JLG), Sumner, Vestil and Wesco

Boom Lifts

Scissor Lifts

Telehandlers

Aichi,  Dingli,  Haulotte,  JCB,  Linamar  (Skyjack), 
Oshkosh (JLG) and Xtreme/Tanfield (Snorkel)

Dingli,  Haulotte,  JCB,  Oshkosh  (JLG),  Linamar 
(Skyjack),  LGMG  and  Manitou  and  Xtreme/Tanfield 
(Snorkel)

CNH, JCB, Manitou (Gehl), Merlo and Oshkosh (JLG, 
Skytrak, Caterpillar and Lull brands)

Utility Equipment

Altec and Time Manufacturing

Materials Processing

Crushing & Screening Equipment

Washing Systems

Astec  Industries,  Deere  (Kleeman),  Keestrack,  Metso, 
Portafill, Sandvik and Rubble Master

Azfab,  CDE  Global,  Matec,  McLanahan,  Metso, 
Phoenix Process Equipment, Superior and Weir/Trio

Wood Processing, Biomass and Recycling 
Equipment

Astec Industries, Bandit, Doppstadt, Eggersmann, Jenz, 
Komptech, Morbark and Vermeer

Conveyors

Material Handlers

Concrete Pavers

Concrete Mixer Trucks

Astec/Telestack, Deere (Kleeman), Edge, Metso/
McCloskey, Puzzulona Thor, Superior and Weir/Trio

Atlas, Caterpillar, Liebherr and Sennebogen 

Allen Equipment, Deere (Wirtgen), Gomaco, Guntert & 
Zimmerman and Power Curbers

Kimble and Continental Manufacturing, McNeilus and 
Oshkosh

Pick and Carry Cranes

Ace,  Escorts, Humma and TIDD

Rough Terrain Cranes

Tower Cranes

Kato,  Liebherr,  Link-Belt,  Manitowoc  (Grove),  Sany, 
Tadano-Faun, XCMG and Zoomlion

Comansa, 
Wolffkran, XCMG and Zoomlion

Jaso,  Liebherr,  Manitowoc 

(Potain),  

MAJOR CUSTOMERS

None of our customers individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2020.  In 2020, our largest 
customer accounted for less than 6% of our consolidated net sales and our top ten customers in the aggregate accounted for less 
than 25% of our consolidated net sales.  A material portion of AWP net sales are to national rental companies.

PATENTS, LICENSES AND TRADEMARKS

We use proprietary materials such as patents, trademarks, trade secrets and trade names in our operations and take actions to 
protect these rights.

We use several significant trademarks and trade names, most notably the Terex®, Genie®, Powerscreen® and Fuchs® trademarks.  
The other trademarks and trade names that we use include registered trademarks of Terex Corporation or its subsidiaries. 

11

We  have  many  patents  that  we  use  in  connection  with  our  operations  and  most  of  our  products  contain  some  proprietary 
technology.  Many of these patents and related proprietary technology are important to the production of particular products; 
however, overall, our patents, taken together, are not material to our business or our overall financial results.

Currently, we are engaged in various legal proceedings with respect to intellectual property rights.  While the outcome of these 
matters  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty,  we  believe  the  outcome  of  such  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect, 
individually or in aggregate, on our business or operating performance.  For more detail, see Item 3 – “Legal Proceedings.”

SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

As part of The Terex Way, and our Zero Harm Safety and Environmental culture, we are committed to providing a safe and 
healthy  environment  for  our  team  members,  and  strive  to  provide  quality  products  that  are  safe  to  use  and  operate  in  an 
environmentally conscious and respectful manner.

During  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  are  taking  appropriate  precautions  and  implementing  safeguards  to  protect  our  team 
members while they continue to meet our customers' needs around the world.  We have implemented measures consistent with 
recommendations of the Centers for Disease Control and the World Health Organization.  Practices include increased frequency 
of cleaning and disinfecting of facilities, following social distancing practices, mask usage when distancing practices are not 
possible and managing safe return to work for those impacted by COVID-19.

We generate hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations.  As a result, we are 
subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations.  All of our employees are required to obey all applicable health, 
safety and environmental laws and regulations and must observe the proper safety rules and environmental practices in work 
situations.  These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air 
and water, and require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.  
These  laws  and  regulations  would  also  impose  liability  for  the  costs  of,  and  damages  resulting  from,  cleaning  up  sites,  past 
spills,  disposals  and  other  releases  of  hazardous  substances,  should  any  such  events  occur.    We  are  committed  to  complying 
with these standards and monitoring our workplaces to determine if equipment, machinery and facilities meet specified safety 
standards.  Each of our manufacturing facilities is subject to an environmental audit at least once every five years to monitor 
compliance.    Also,  no  incidents  have  occurred  which  required  us  to  pay  material  amounts  to  comply  with  such  laws  and 
regulations.  We are dedicated to ensuring that safety and health hazards are adequately addressed through appropriate work 
practices, training and procedures.  We are committed to reducing lost time injuries and working towards a world-class level of 
safety practices in our industry.

We are dedicated to product safety when designing and manufacturing our equipment.  Our equipment is designed to meet all 
applicable laws, regulations and industry standards for use in their markets.  We continually incorporate safety improvements in 
our products.  We maintain an internal product safety team that is dedicated to improving safety and investigating and resolving 
any product safety issues that may arise.

Use and operation of our equipment in an environmentally conscious manner is an important priority for us.  We are aware of 
global discussions regarding climate change and the impact of greenhouse gas emissions on global warming.  We are increasing 
our production of products that have lower greenhouse gas emissions in response to both regulatory initiatives and anticipated 
market  demand  trends.    For  example,  the  newest  diesel  engine  emission  reduction  program  introduced  in  Europe,  known  as 
Stage V, is driving further engine emissions related product development.  Our segments also offer products that use plug-in 
electric hybrid technology to save fuel, reduce emissions and reduce noise in residential areas.

Increasing laws and regulations dealing with the environmental aspects of the products we manufacture can result in significant 
expenditures in designing and manufacturing new forms of equipment that satisfy such new laws and regulations.  Compliance 
with  laws  and  regulations  regarding  safety  and  the  environment  has  required,  and  will  continue  to  require,  us  to  make 
expenditures.  We currently do not expect that these expenditures will have a material adverse effect on our business or results 
of operations.

SEASONAL FACTORS

Terex is a globally diverse company, supporting multiple end uses.  Seasonality is a factor in some businesses, where annual 
purchasing  patterns  are  impacted  by  the  seasonality  of  downstream  project  spending.    Specifically,  our  businesses  can 
experience stronger demand during the second quarter, as customers in the northern hemisphere make investments in time for 
the annual construction season (April to October).  In 2021, we expect sales to be the highest in the second quarter, and expect 
our earnings generated in the second half of the year to be slightly higher than the first half of the year.

12

WORKING CAPITAL

Our  businesses  are  working  capital  intensive  and  require  funding  to  purchase  production  and  replacement  parts  inventories, 
expenditures  to  repair,  replace  and  upgrade  existing  facilities,  as  well  as  funding  to  finance  receivables  from  customers  and 
dealers.    We  have  debt  service  requirements,  including  semi-annual  interest  payments  on  our  outstanding  notes  and  periodic 
interest  payments  on  our  bank  credit  facility  and  term  loans.    We  believe  cash  generated  from  operations,  together  with 
availability under our bank credit facility and cash on hand, provide us with adequate liquidity to meet our operating and debt 
service  requirements.    See  Item  1A.  –  “Risk  Factors”  for  a  detailed  description  of  the  risks  resulting  from  our  debt  and  our 
ability  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  operate  our  business.    We  will  continue  to  pursue  cash  generation  opportunities, 
including reducing costs and working capital, reviewing alternatives for under-utilized assets, and selectively investing in our 
businesses to promote growth opportunities.

HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

SAFETY

The  safety  of  our  team  is  our  number  one  priority.    At  Terex,  safety  is  an  absolute  way  of  life.    We  are  committed  to  Zero 
Harm, and we expect all team members to be committed to safety and continuous improvement in this area.  In 2016, Terex set 
the  long-term  goals  of  reaching  a  0.2  lost  time  injury  rate  and  1.0  total  recordable  injury  rate  by  2024.    Through  the  end  of 
2020, our lost time injury rate has declined from 0.80 to 0.43 and our total recordable injury rate has declined from 3.58 to 1.50.  
Our aspirational goal will always be zero injuries, but these goals represent milestones along our journey to Zero Harm.

TEAM MEMBER TALENT AND SUPPORT

Terex strives to attract, develop and retain the best people to be part of our team.  We have a diverse and highly engaged global 
workforce.    Capable,  highly  skilled  and  diverse  team  members  are  key  to  our  ability  to  implement  our  “Execute,  Innovate, 
Grow” strategy.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 8,200 team members, including approximately 3,800 team members in the 
U.S.  Approximately one percent of our team members in the U.S. are represented by labor unions.  Outside of the U.S., we 
enter  into  employment  contracts  and  collective  agreements  in  those  countries  in  which  such  relationships  are  mandatory  or 
customary.  The provisions of these agreements correspond in each case with the required or customary terms in the subject 
jurisdiction.    We  generally  consider  our  relations  with  our  team  members  to  be  good  and  we  provide  mechanisms  such  as 
surveys and helplines for our team members to provide their perspectives.

We have a robust talent review process in which we assess talent strengths and opportunity areas, matching our team members’ 
career aspirations with the needs of the business.  We offer a wide range of training programs to support team members in their 
current roles and in achieving advancement opportunities.  Our core curriculum of Terex Success Programs are designed for all 
of our team members from individual contributors to front line supervisors to managers and executives.  These programs are 
grounded in The Terex Way values and help participants build key skills.

We have a strong performance management process that includes annually setting clear business and professional objectives, 
mid-year calibration, annual performance reviews and succession planning.  Both team members and managers play active roles 
in the performance management process, furthering a culture of accountability that supports team member development.

We design our benefits and programs to support the way our team members live and work.  We care about our team members.  
For example, our Global Employee Assistance Program is in place to support team members who are facing challenges in their 
personal lives.  Where we can, we offer a flexible work environment, enabling team members to manage the demands of their 
personal and professional lives.

DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION

We are committed to increasing and retaining demographic diversity at all levels of our global workforce.  We extend a warm 
welcome to team members of every race, gender, age, religion, identity or experience.  We encourage, value and support non-
majority team members in all of our facilities worldwide.  We actively seek their engagement and partnership, as we understand 
that diversity of background, thought and experience leads to improved problem-solving and greater innovation.

13

Diversity  in  and  of  itself  is  not  sufficient.  We  strive  to  be  fair  and  impartial  in  our  decisions,  ensuring  Equity  within  our 
workplace. By doing so, we create a sense of Inclusion for all our team members. We are committed to Diversity, Equity & 
Inclusion so we can make Terex the kind of place where every team member feels valued, listened to, and appreciated.

Our Company has a vibrant, global initiative to increase representation of women in our workplace because we recognize that 
women are often under-represented in manufacturing organizations such as ours.  We are making excellent progress, requiring 
diverse candidate slates, supporting women through mentoring, training, and colleague-to-colleague education, and using our 
talent development process to identify qualified women for their next role(s) within our organization.  In 2014, we established 
five-year goals to increase representation in three areas: women in leadership, women in line roles (like operations, engineering 
and sales) and women overall.  Having made progress against these goals, we have extended them for another five years.

In 2020, we committed to expand our primary Diversity, Equity & Inclusion focus areas to include race and ethnicity, to ensure 
that members of under-represented groups have a sense of belonging and can thrive within our organization.  We intentionally 
defined our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion aspirations, initially focusing on our U.S. workforce.

We have implemented actions to achieve our aspirations, by mobilizing a Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Advisory Committee 
that  is  focused  on  training,  development,  recruitment  and  inclusion.    We  have  started  our  training  efforts  with  the  Executive 
Leadership Team to ensure they have a thorough awareness and understanding of systemic racism and unconscious bias.  We 
are developing tools and resources for use at the site level to foster inclusion.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We  maintain  a  website  at  www.terex.com.    We  make  available  on  our  website  under  “Investor  Relations”  –  “Financial 
Reporting”, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and 
amendments  to  those  reports  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  or  furnish  such  material  with  the 
SEC.  References to our website in this report are provided as a convenience, and the information on our website is not, and 
shall not be deemed to be a part of this report or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC.  The SEC maintains 
an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers 
that  file  electronically  with  the  SEC.    In  addition,  we  make  available  on  our  website  under  “Investor  Relations”  – 
“Governance”, free of charge, our Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Governance and Nominating 
Committee Charter, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics and Conduct.  In addition, the foregoing information 
is available in print, without charge, to any stockholder who requests these materials from us.

14

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following material risks, together with the cautionary statement under the caption “Forward-
Looking Information” above and the other information included in this report.  Although the risks are organized by headings, 
and  each  risk  is  discussed  separately,  many  are  interrelated.    The  risks  described  below  are  not  the  only  ones  we  face.  
Additional  risks  that  are  currently  unknown  to  us  or  that  we  currently  consider  immaterial  may  also  impair  our  business  or 
adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.    If  any  of  the  following  risks  actually  occurs,  our  business, 
financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected.

Manufacturing and Operational Risks

Global public health pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, have adversely impacted and may continue to adversely 
impact  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  and  the  ultimate  impact  will  depend  on  future 
developments, which remain uncertain.

Countries around the world have experienced, and may experience in the future, outbreaks of contagious diseases that affect 
public  health.    In  March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic  and  governmental 
authorities around the world implemented shelter-in-place orders, quarantines, social distancing requirements, travel bans and 
other  similar  governmental  restrictions  to  reduce  the  spread  of  COVID-19.    This  negatively  impacted  the  global  economy, 
created significant volatility and disruption of financial markets and caused disruptions in our supply chains and logistics.  It 
also adversely affected our customers’ sentiment and spending, leading to a downturn in our markets.  Additionally, COVID-19 
adversely affected our workforce, with temporary factory closures, slowdowns and restrictions on travel and transports, among 
other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations.  We reduced our workforce to focus only on critical activities and a 
significant percentage of global team members continue to work remotely, which can introduce operational and cybersecurity 
risks.  We developed and implemented new health and safety protocols, business continuity plans and different scenario plans 
in an effort to try to mitigate the negative impact of COVID-19.  Our management continues to remain focused on mitigating 
the  impact  of  COVID-19,  which  has  required  a  large  investment  of  time  and  resources,  which  may  delay  other  value-add 
initiatives.

It is not possible to accurately predict with any degree of certainty the impact COVID-19 will have on our operations going 
forward as the situation continues to remain fluid.  Despite our efforts and numerous measures taken to manage the impacts of 
COVID-19, the full degree and extent to which it will ultimately affect our operational and financial performance will depend 
on uncertain future developments and factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the pace of the continued spread 
of  the  pandemic,  the  severity  and  ultimate  duration  of  the  pandemic,  including  any  resurgences,  mutations  or  variants,  any 
governmental  regulations  or  restrictions  imposed  in  response  to  such,  and  the  ultimate  efficacy  and  distribution  speed  of 
approved  vaccines  and  treatments.    We  expect  that  any  significant  further  or  prolonged  deterioration  in  the  global  economic 
conditions  and  disruptions  to  our  global  supply  chain  would  adversely  impact  our  operations,  business  results  and  financial 
condition.  Such factors could also continue to adversely affect our customers’ financial condition, resulting in further reduced 
spending for our products and services.  The longer the pandemic continues, the more likely that more of the foregoing risks 
may be realized.

The COVID-19 pandemic caused a global recession and there is no certainty about when a sustained economic recovery may 
occur and what such recovery will look like.  The impact of COVID-19 may also continue to exacerbate other risks discussed 
below in this section Item 1A. Risk Factors, any of which could have a material effect on us.  This situation continues to evolve 
and additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently.

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

Our  industry  is  highly  competitive.    Our  competitors  include  a  variety  of  both  domestic  and  foreign  companies  in  all  major 
markets.  To compete successfully, our products must excel in terms of quality, reliability, productivity, price, features, ease of 
use,  safety  and  comfort,  and  we  must  provide  excellent  customer  service.    The  greater  financial  resources  of  certain  of  our 
competitors may put us at a competitive disadvantage.  Low-cost competition from China and other developing markets could 
also result in decreased demand for our products.  If competition in our industry intensifies or if our current competitors lower 
their prices for competing products, we may lose sales or be required to lower the prices we charge for our products.  If we are 
unable  to  provide  continued  technological  improvements  in  our  equipment  that  meet  our  customers’  expectations,  or  the 
industry’s  expectations,  the  demand  for  our  equipment  could  be  substantially  adversely  affected.    Our  ability  to  match  new 
product offerings to diverse global customers’ anticipated preferences for different types and sizes of equipment and various 
equipment features and functionality, at affordable prices, is critical to our success.  This requires a thorough understanding of 
our existing and potential customers on a global basis, particularly in developing markets, including China, India, Brazil and the 
Middle East.  Failure to compete effectively could result in lower revenues from our products and services, lower gross margins 
or cause us to lose market share.

15

We are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price increases.

We obtain materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers.  In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual 
circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from multiple suppliers.  However, certain of 
our businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative suppliers of such materials 
may be generally available.  Delays in our suppliers’ abilities, especially any sole suppliers for a particular business, to provide 
us with necessary materials and components may delay production at a number of our manufacturing locations, or may require 
us to seek alternative supply sources.  Delays in obtaining supplies may result from a number of factors affecting our suppliers, 
including  capacity  constraints,  regulatory  changes,  freight  and  container  availability,  labor  disputes,  suppliers’  impaired 
financial condition, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies, pandemics or acts of war or terrorism.  Any 
delay in receiving supplies could impair our ability to deliver products to our customers and, accordingly, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Principal  materials  and  components  used  in  our  various  manufacturing  processes  include  steel,  castings,  engines,  tires, 
hydraulics,  cylinders,  drive  trains,  electric  controls  and  motors,  and  a  variety  of  other  commodities  and  fabricated  or 
manufactured items.  Increases in the cost of these materials and components may affect our financial performance.  If we are 
unable  to  recover  a  substantial  portion  of  increased  raw  material  or  component  costs  through  duty  draw-back  or  from  our 
customers and suppliers, our business or results of operation could be adversely affected.

In  addition,  we  purchase  material  and  services  from  our  suppliers  on  terms  extended  based  on  our  overall  credit  rating.  
Deterioration in our credit rating may impact suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and in turn accelerate cash requirements of 
our business.

We are exposed to political, economic and other risks that arise from operating a multinational business.

Our operations are subject to a number of potential risks.  Such risks principally include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

trade protection measures and currency exchange controls;
labor unrest;
global and regional economic conditions;
political instability;
terrorist activities and the U.S. and international response thereto;
restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of a country;
export duties and quotas;
domestic and foreign customs and tariffs;
current and changing regulatory environments;
difficulties protecting our intellectual property;
transportation delays and interruptions;
costs and difficulties in integrating, staffing and managing international operations, especially in developing markets such 
as China, India, Brazil and the Middle East;
difficulty in obtaining distribution support;
natural disasters; and
current and changing tax laws.

In addition, many of the nations in which we operate have developing legal and economic systems adding greater uncertainty to 
our operations in those countries than would be expected in North America and Western Europe.  These factors may have an 
adverse effect on our international operations in the future.

We  continue  to  focus  on  operational  improvement  in  developing  markets  such  as  China,  India,  Brazil  and  the  Middle  East.  
These  efforts  will  require  us  to  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  personnel  in  countries  where  language,  cultural  or  regulatory 
barriers may exist.  Any significant difficulties in continuing to improve or expand our operations in developing markets may 
divert management’s attention from our existing operations and require a greater level of resources than we plan to commit.

Expansion  into  developing  markets  may  require  modification  of  products  to  meet  local  requirements  or  preferences.  
Modification to the design of our products to meet local requirements and preferences may take longer or be more costly than 
we anticipate and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve international sales growth.

16

A material disruption to one of our significant manufacturing plants could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.

We produce most of our machines for each product type at one manufacturing facility.  If operations at a significant facility 
were  disrupted  as  a  result  of  equipment  failures,  natural  disasters,  health  epidemics,  work  stoppages,  power  outages  or  other 
reasons,  our  business,  financial  conditions  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.    Interruptions  in  production 
could  increase  costs  and  delay  delivery  of  units  in  production.    Production  capacity  limits  could  cause  us  to  reduce  or  delay 
sales efforts until production capacity is available.

Our business is sensitive to government spending.

Many  of  our  customers  depend  substantially  on  government  funding  of  highway  construction,  maintenance  and  other 
infrastructure projects.  In addition, we sell products to governments and government agencies in the U.S. and other nations.  
Policies of governments attempting to address local deficit or structural economic issues could have a material impact on our 
customers  and  markets.    Any  decrease  or  delay  in  government  funding  of  highway  construction  and  maintenance,  other 
infrastructure projects and overall government spending could cause our revenues and profits to decrease.

Financial and General Economy Risks

Our business is affected by the cyclical nature of markets we serve.

Demand  for  our  products  tends  to  be  cyclical  and  is  affected  by  the  general  strength  of  the  economies  in  which  we  sell  our 
products, prevailing interest rates, residential and non-residential construction spending, capital expenditure allocations of our 
customers and other factors.  As discussed under the risk factor titled, “Global public health pandemics, such as the COVID-19 
pandemic,  have  adversely  impacted  and  may  continue  to  adversely  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition  and  the  ultimate  impact  will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  remain  uncertain,”  the  COVID-19  pandemic 
negatively  impacted  the  global  economy  and  significantly  increased  economic  and  demand  uncertainty.    These  uncertain 
economic  conditions  have  caused  and  may  continue  to  cause  our  customers  to  forego  or  postpone  new  purchases.    If  our 
customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to 
pay, or may delay payment of, receivables that are owed to us.  Any inability of current and/or potential customers to pay us for 
our products will adversely affect our earnings and cash flow.

Our sales depend in part upon our customers’ replacement or repair cycles, which are impacted in part by historical purchase 
levels.    We  are  coming  through  a  period  during  which  global  economic  conditions  and  key  commodity  prices  rapidly  and 
significantly  declined,  and  if  economic  conditions  in  the  U.S.  and  other  key  markets  deteriorate  further  or  do  not  show 
continued improvement, we may experience negative impacts to our net sales, financial condition, profitability and cash flows, 
which could result in the need for us to record impairments.  We have taken a number of steps, and will continually review our 
operations,  to  reduce  our  costs.    There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  these  steps  will  mitigate  the  negative  impact  of  a 
possible continued deterioration in economic conditions.

Our financial results could be adversely impacted by the U.K.’s departure from the E.U.

On January 31, 2020, the U.K. withdrew from the E.U., which is commonly referred to as “Brexit”.  On December 24, 2020, 
the U.K. and E.U. announced they had reached an agreement which contains new rules for certain aspects on how the U.K. and 
E.U. will live, work and trade together.  The ultimate impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U. remains uncertain, 
and may adversely impact the global economy, particularly business activity and economic and market conditions in the U.K. 
and  other  important  European  economies.    Depending  on  the  ultimate  interpretations  and  application  of  the  agreements 
negotiated by the U.K. with the E.U. and other countries, we could become subject to, among other things, export tariffs and 
regulatory restrictions that could increase transaction costs, reduce our ability to hire or retain employees in Northern Ireland, 
reduce access to supplies and materials, cause shipping delays because of the need for new customs inspections and procedures 
and  reduce  demand  or  access  to  customers  in  international  markets,  all  of  which  would  impair  our  ability  to  conduct  our 
operations as they have been conducted historically.  While we have not experienced any direct material financial impact as a 
result  of  Brexit,  we  cannot  predict  its  future  implications  and  it  is  possible  there  will  be  financial,  trade,  regulatory  or  legal 
implications of Brexit that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, particularly for our 
MP segment which has significant manufacturing facilities in Northern Ireland.

17

Changes affecting the availability of LIBOR may have consequences on us that cannot yet reasonably be predicted.

We currently have outstanding variable rate debt with interest rates based on LIBOR.  The U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, 
which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it intends to stop one week and two month U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates after 2021 
with remaining U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates ceasing to be published on June 30, 2023.  In the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rates 
Committee has proposed the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as an alternative to LIBOR. It is not presently known 
whether SOFR or any other alternative reference rates that have been proposed will attain market acceptance as replacements of 
LIBOR.    In  addition,  the  overall  financial  markets  may  be  disrupted  as  a  result  of  the  phase-out  replacement  of  LIBOR.  
Uncertainty  as  to  the  nature  of  such  phase-out  and  selection  of  an  alternative  reference  rate,  together  with  disruption  in  the 
financial  markets,  may  cause  our  interest  expense  to  increase  and  our  available  cash  flow  and/or  financial  condition  to  be 
adversely affected.

We have a significant amount of debt outstanding and must comply with restrictive covenants in our debt agreements.

Our total debt at December 31, 2020 was approximately $1.2 billion.  Our credit agreement and other debt agreements contain 
financial and restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to, among other things, borrow additional funds or take advantage 
of business opportunities.  As of December 31, 2020, we are in compliance with the financial covenants.  However, increases in 
our  debt,  increases  in  our  interest  expense  or  decreases  in  our  earnings  could  cause  us  to  fail  to  comply  with  these  financial 
covenants.  Failing to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in 
the  acceleration  of  all  our  indebtedness  or  otherwise  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations and debt service capability.

Our  level  of  debt  and  the  financial  and  restrictive  covenants  contained  in  our  credit  agreement  could  have  important 
consequences on our financial position and results of operations, including increasing our vulnerability to increases in interest 
rates because debt under our credit agreement bears interest at variable rates.  In addition, our credit agreement indebtedness 
may use LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing our interest rate.  As discussed above, LIBOR is the subject of recent national, 
international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform which may cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the 
past or to be replaced entirely.  Consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include an increase 
in the cost of our credit agreement indebtedness.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations and operate our business.

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash.  Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors 
beyond  our  control  and  our  business  may  not  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  from  operating  activities.    Our  ability  to  make 
payments on, and refinance, our debt and fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the 
future.  To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that 
are beyond our control.  Lower sales, or uncollectible receivables, generally will reduce our cash flow.

We cannot assure our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or future borrowings will be available to us 
under our credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital 
expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness.  These alternative measures may 
not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.  Our ability to restructure or refinance 
our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time.  Any refinancing of our 
debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict 
our business operations.

Our access to capital markets and borrowing capacity could be limited in certain circumstances.

Our access to capital markets to raise funds through the sale of equity or debt securities is subject to various factors, including 
general economic and/or financial market conditions.  Significant changes in market liquidity conditions could impact access to 
funding and associated funding costs, which could reduce our earnings and cash flows.  If our consolidated cash flow coverage 
ratio is less than 2.0 to 1.0, we are subject to significant restrictions on the amount of indebtedness we can incur.  Although our 
cash flow coverage ratio was greater than 2.0 to 1.0 at the end of 2020, there can be no assurance this will continue to occur.

18

Our access to debt financing at competitive risk-based interest rates is partly a function of our credit ratings.  A downgrade to 
our  credit  ratings  could  increase  our  interest  rates,  could  limit  our  access  to  public  debt  markets,  could  limit  the  institutions 
willing to provide us credit facilities, and could make any future credit facilities or credit facility amendments more costly and/
or difficult to obtain.

Although  we  believe  the  banks  participating  in  our  credit  facility  have  adequate  capital  and  resources,  we  can  provide  no 
assurance that all of these banks will continue to operate as a going concern in the future.  If any of the banks in our lending 
group  were  to  fail  or  be  unwilling  to  renew  our  credit  facility  at  or  prior  to  its  expiration,  it  is  possible  that  the  borrowing 
capacity  under  our  current  or  any  future  credit  facility  would  be  reduced.    If  the  availability  under  our  credit  facility  was 
reduced significantly, we could be required to obtain capital from alternate sources to finance our capital needs.  Our options for 
addressing such capital constraints would include, but not be limited to (i) obtaining commitments from the remaining banks in 
the  lending  group  or  from  new  banks  to  fund  increased  amounts  under  the  terms  of  our  credit  facility,  or  (ii)  accessing  the 
public  capital  markets.    If  it  becomes  necessary  to  access  additional  capital,  it  is  possible  that  any  such  alternatives  in  the 
current  market  could  be  on  terms  less  favorable  than  under  our  existing  credit  facility  terms,  which  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Some of our customers rely on financing with third parties to purchase our products.

We rely on sales of our products to generate cash from operations.  Significant portions of our sales are financed by third party 
finance companies on behalf of our customers.  The availability of financing by third parties is affected by general economic 
conditions, credit worthiness of our customers and estimated residual value of our equipment.  Deterioration in credit quality of 
our  customers  or  estimated  residual  value  of  our  equipment  could  negatively  impact  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain 
resources  they  need  to  purchase  our  equipment.    There  can  be  no  assurance  third  party  finance  companies  will  continue  to 
extend credit to our customers.

Some  of  our  customers  have  been  unable  to  obtain  the  credit  they  need  to  buy  our  equipment.    As  a  result,  some  of  our 
customers may need to cancel existing orders and some may be compelled to sell their equipment at less than fair value to raise 
cash,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  residual  values  of  our  equipment.    These  economic  conditions  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on demand for our products and on our financial condition and operating results.

We are exposed to losses from providing financing and credit support to some of our customers.

We may assist customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of our products by issuing guarantees to financial institutions or 
providing direct financing to our customers.  We assess the expectation of losses or non-performance based on consideration of 
historical customer reviews, current financial conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts, equipment collateral value and 
other factors.  Many of these factors, including the assessment of a customer’s ability to pay, are influenced by economic and 
market factors that cannot be predicted with certainty.

Our customers may fund the acquisition of our equipment through third-party finance companies.  In certain instances, we may 
provide  a  credit  guarantee  to  the  finance  company  by  which  we  agree  to  make  payments  to  the  finance  company  should  the 
customer  default.    Our  maximum  liability  is  generally  limited  to  our  customer’s  remaining  payments  due  to  the  finance 
company  at  the  time  of  default.    In  the  event  of  a  customer  default,  we  are  generally  able  to  recover  and  dispose  of  the 
equipment  at  a  minimum  loss,  if  any,  to  us.    We  also  provide  financing  for  some  of  our  customers  to  acquire  and  use  our 
equipment through loans, sales-type leases, and operating leases.  Until such financing obligations are satisfied through either 
customer  payments  or  a  third  party  sale,  we  retain  the  risks  associated  with  such  customer  financing.    Our  results  could  be 
adversely affected if such customers default on their contractual obligations to us, if residual values of such equipment on these 
transactions decline below original estimated values or we are unable to sell the financing receivable to a third party.

During  periods  of  economic  weakness,  collateral  underlying  our  guarantees  of  indebtedness  of  customers  or  receivables  can 
decline sharply, thereby increasing our exposure to losses.  In the future, we may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves 
if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate further or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the 
sale of the collateral supporting our customers’ financial obligations is not realized.  Historically, losses related to guarantees 
have  been  immaterial;  however,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  historical  experience  with  respect  to  guarantees  will  be 
indicative of future results.

19

We may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for receivables.

We evaluate the collectability of our receivables based on consideration of a customer’s payment history, leverage, availability 
of third party financing, political and foreign exchange risks, and other factors.  Recorded reserves represent our estimate of 
current expected credit losses on existing receivables and are determined based on historical customer reviews, current financial 
conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts.  An unexpected change in customer financial condition or future economic 
uncertainty  could  result  in  additional  requirements  for  specific  reserves,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial position.

We are subject to currency fluctuations.

Our products are sold in over 100 countries around the world.  The reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements 
is  the  U.S.  dollar.    Certain  of  our  assets,  liabilities,  expenses,  revenues  and  earnings  are  denominated  in  other  countries’ 
currencies, including the Euro, British Pound and Australian dollar.  Those assets, liabilities, expenses, revenues and earnings 
are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  the  applicable  foreign  exchange  rates  to  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  
Therefore, increases or decreases in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and those other currencies affect the value 
of  those  items  as  reflected  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  even  if  their  value  remains  unchanged  in  their  original 
currency.  Due to continued volatility of foreign exchange rates to the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may 
have an impact on the accuracy of our financial guidance.  Such fluctuations in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar 
may cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in our guidance and have a material adverse effect on 
our business or results of operations.  We note that Brexit may negatively impact the value of the British Pound as compared to 
the  U.S.  dollar  and  other  currencies.    We  assess  foreign  exchange  risk  based  on  transactional  cash  flows,  identify  naturally 
offsetting positions and purchase hedging instruments to partially offset anticipated exposures.  Despite our efforts to partially 
hedge our anticipated exposures, currency fluctuations may impact our financial performance in the future.

Human Capital Risks

We rely on key management.

We  rely  on  the  management  and  leadership  skills  of  our  senior  management  team,  particularly  those  of  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer.  The loss of the services of key employees or senior officers, or the inability to identify, hire and retain other highly 
qualified personnel in the future, could adversely affect the quality and profitability of our business operations.

We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  employed  approximately  8,200  people  worldwide  in  our  continuing  operations  businesses.  
While we have no reason to believe that we will be impacted by work stoppages or other labor matters, we cannot assure that 
future  issues  with  our  team  members  or  labor  unions  will  be  resolved  favorably  or  that  we  will  not  encounter  future  strikes, 
further unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our team members.  Any of these factors may have 
an adverse effect on us or may limit our flexibility in dealing with our workforce.

Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Risks

Changes  in  import/export  regulatory  regimes,  the  imposition  of  tariffs  and  escalation  of  global  trade  conflicts  could 
continue to negatively impact our business.

The U.S. government has imposed tariffs on certain foreign goods from a variety of countries and regions that it perceives as 
engaging in unfair trade practices, and previously raised the possibility of imposing additional tariff increases or expanding the 
tariffs  to  capture  other  types  of  goods.    In  response,  many  of  these  foreign  governments  have  imposed  retaliatory  tariffs  on 
goods that their countries import from the U.S.  Changes in U.S. trade policy have and may continue to result in one or more 
foreign governments adopting responsive trade policies that make it more difficult or costly for us to do business in or import 
our  products  from  those  countries.    For  example,  tariffs  on  certain  Chinese  origin  goods  impact  the  cost  of  material  and 
machines  we  import  directly  from  our  manufacturing  operations  in  China,  as  well  as  the  cost  of  material  and  components 
imported on our behalf by suppliers.  The indirect impact of inflationary pressure on costs throughout the supply chain and the 
direct impact, for example, on costs for machines we import from our manufacturing operations in China, is leading to higher 
input  costs  and  lower  margins  on  certain  products  we  sell.    In  addition,  tariffs  imposed  by  the  Chinese  government  on  U.S. 
imports have made the cost of some of our products more expensive for our Chinese customers.

20

We  cannot  predict  the  extent  to  which  the  new  U.S.  administration  or  other  countries  will  impose  new  or  additional  quotas, 
duties,  tariffs,  taxes  or  other  similar  restrictions  upon  the  import  or  export  of  our  products  in  the  future,  nor  can  we  predict 
future  trade  policy  or  the  terms  of  any  renegotiated  trade  agreements  and  their  impact  on  our  business.    Tariffs  and  the 
possibility of an escalation or further developments of current trade conflicts, particularly between the U.S. and China, could 
continue to negatively impact global trade and economic conditions in many of the regions where we do business.  This could 
result in continued significant increases in our material and component costs and the cost of machinery imported directly from 
our manufacturing operations in China.  In addition, it may adversely impact demand for our products in China and elsewhere.

While  we  have  been  able  to  mitigate  a  portion  of  the  effects  of  tariffs  through  the  U.S.  government’s  duty  draw  back 
mechanism  and  from  tariff  exclusions,  nearly  all  tariff  exclusions  have  expired  and  there  is  no  indication  that  expired  tariff 
exclusions  will  be  reinstated.    If  we  are  unable  to  recover  a  substantial  portion  of  increased  raw  material,  component  or 
machinery costs through duty draw-back or from our customers and suppliers this could have an adverse effect on our business 
or results of operations.

Compliance with environmental regulations could be costly and require us to make significant expenditures.

We generate hazardous and nonhazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations.  As a result, we are 
subject  to  a  wide  range  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations.    These  laws  and  regulations  govern  actions  that  may  have 
adverse  environmental  effects  and  require  compliance  with  certain  practices  when  handling  and  disposing  of  hazardous  and 
nonhazardous wastes.  Some environmental laws impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the remediation of 
the release of hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault.  
Failure to comply with environmental laws could expose us to substantial fines or penalties and to civil and criminal liability.  
These  liabilities,  sanctions,  damages  and  remediation  efforts  related  to  any  non-compliance  with  such  laws  and  regulations 
could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.  No such incidents have occurred which required 
us to pay material amounts to comply with such laws and regulations.

In addition, increasing laws and regulations dealing with environmental aspects of the products we manufacture can result in 
significant expenditures in designing and manufacturing new forms of equipment that satisfy such new laws and regulations.  In 
particular, climate change is receiving increasing attention worldwide.  Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate 
change to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory 
efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions.  While additional regulation of emissions in the future appears likely, it is too early to 
predict how new regulations would ultimately affect our business, operations or financial results, although government policies 
limiting greenhouse gas emissions of our products will likely require increased compliance expenditures on our part.

While plans are in place to continue to comply with the phase-in of European Stage V regulations, we are dependent on our 
engine suppliers to continue to timely deliver engines which meet applicable emissions regulations.  A failure to timely receive 
appropriate engines from our suppliers could result in our being placed in uncompetitive positions or without finished product 
when  needed.    Compliance  with  environmental  laws  and  regulations  has  required,  and  will  continue  to  require,  us  to  make 
expenditures;  however,  we  do  not  expect  these  expenditures  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  or  results  of 
operations.

There  is  also  increased  focus,  including  by  governmental  and  non-governmental  organizations,  investors  and  other 
stakeholders, on these and other sustainability matters.  Maintaining a strong reputation with customers, investors, stakeholders 
and  trade  partners  is  critical  to  the  success  of  our  business.    We  devote  significant  time  and  resources  to  programs  that  are 
consistent with our corporate values and are designed to protect and preserve our reputation as a good corporate citizen.  Any 
perception (whether or not valid) of our failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to 
new, or changes in, legal or regulatory requirements concerning climate change or other sustainability concerns could adversely 
affect our business and reputation.

21

We face litigation and product liability claims and other liabilities.

In  our  lines  of  business,  numerous  suits  have  been  filed  alleging  damages  for  accidents  that  have  occurred  during  use  or 
operation of our products.  We are self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well as for certain 
exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability.  We obtain insurance coverage for catastrophic 
losses as well as those risks where insurance is required by law or contract.  We do not believe that the outcome of such matters 
will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position; however, any significant liabilities not covered by 
insurance could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

We  operate  in  many  different  jurisdictions  and  we  could  be  adversely  affected  by  violations  of  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.

We must comply with all applicable laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other laws that prohibit 
engaging in corruption for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.  These anti-corruption laws prohibit companies and 
their  intermediaries  from  making  improper  payments  or  providing  anything  of  value  to  improperly  influence  government 
officials  or  private  individuals  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  a  business  advantage  regardless  of  whether  those 
practices are legal or culturally expected in a particular jurisdiction.  Our global activities and distribution model are subject to 
risk of corruption by our employees and in addition, our sales agents, distributors, dealers and other third parties that transact 
Terex  business  particularly  because  these  parties  are  generally  not  subject  to  our  control.    We  have  an  internal  policy  that 
expressly  prohibits  engaging  in  any  commercial  bribery  and  public  corruption,  including  facilitation  payments.    We  conduct 
corruption risk assessments, have implemented training programs for our employees with respect to the Company’s prohibition 
against public corruption and commercial bribery, and perform reputational due diligence on certain third parties that transact 
Terex business.  In addition, we conduct transaction testing to assess compliance with our internal anti-corruption policy and 
procedures.  However, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and programs always will protect us from reckless or 
criminal acts committed by our employees or third parties that transact Terex business.  We have a zero tolerance policy for 
violations  of  anti-corruption  laws  and  our  anti-corruption  policy.    In  the  event  we  believe  or  have  reason  to  believe  our 
employees, agents, representatives, dealers or distributors or other third parties that transact Terex business have or may have 
violated  our  anti-corruption  policy  or  applicable  anti-corruption  laws,  we  investigate  or  have  outside  counsel  investigate 
relevant  facts  and  circumstances.    Although  we  have  a  compliance  program  in  place  designed  to  reduce  the  likelihood  of 
potential violations of such laws, violations of  anti-corruption laws could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against 
us or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business including our business with the U.S. government, an adverse 
effect on our reputation, business and results of operations and financial condition and a violation of our injunction or cease and 
desist order with the SEC.  See Risk Factor entitled, “We must comply with an injunction and related obligations imposed by 
the SEC.”

Increasing regulatory focus on privacy and data security issues and expanding laws could expose us to increased liability.

The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and data protection issues worldwide is also rapidly evolving and is likely 
to  remain  uncertain  for  the  foreseeable  future.    We  collect  and  transfer  personal  data  as  part  of  our  business  processes  and 
activities.  This data is subject to a variety of U.S., E.U. and other international laws and regulations, including oversight by 
various regulatory or other governmental bodies.  Any inability, or perceived inability, to adequately address privacy and data 
protection concerns, even if unfounded, or to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual 
obligations, or other legal obligations (including at newly acquired companies) could result in additional cost and liability to us 
or company officials, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and otherwise adversely affect our business.

We must comply with an injunction and related obligations imposed by the SEC.

We and our directors, officers and employees are required to comply at all times with the terms of a 2009 settlement with the 
SEC that includes an injunction barring us from committing or aiding and abetting any future violations of the anti-fraud, books 
and  records,  reporting  and  internal  control  provisions  of  the  federal  securities  laws  and  related  SEC  rules.    In  addition, 
regarding a separate and unrelated SEC matter, we consented to the entry of an administrative cease and desist order prohibiting 
future  violations  of  certain  provisions  of  the  federal  securities  laws.    As  a  result,  if  we  commit  or  aid  or  abet  any  future 
violations  of  the  anti-fraud,  books  and  records,  reporting  and  internal  control  provisions  of  the  federal  securities  laws  and 
related SEC rules, we are likely to suffer severe penalties, financial and otherwise, that could have a material negative impact 
on our business and results of operations.

22

Strategic Performance Risks

The timing and amount of benefits from our strategic initiatives may not be as expected and our financial results could be 
adversely impacted.

In  2020,  we  transitioned  our  “Focus,  Simplify,  Execute  to  Win”  strategy  to  “Execute,  Innovate,  Grow”.    This  is  part  of  our 
continuing  strategy  to  deliver  long-term  growth  and  earnings  to  our  shareholders.    We  have  made,  and  continue  to  make, 
significant investments in these strategic initiatives.  However, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to realize 
the full anticipated benefits of these initiatives.  Although “Execute, Innovate, Grow” is expected to improve future operating 
margins and revenue growth, if we are unable to achieve expected benefits from these initiatives or are unable to complete them 
without material disruption to our businesses, the timing and amount of benefits may not be as expected and could adversely 
impact the Company’s competitive position, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.

General Risk Factors

We may be adversely affected by disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems.

We  rely  on  information  technology  systems,  some  of  which  are  managed  by  third  parties,  to  process,  transmit  and  store 
electronic  information  (including  sensitive  data  such  as  confidential  business  information  and  personally  identifiable  data 
relating to employees, customers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes 
and activities.  As technology continues to evolve, we anticipate that we will collect and store even more data in the future and 
that  our  systems  will  increasingly  use  remote  communication.    We  continuously  seek  to  maintain  a  robust  program  of 
information  security  and  controls,  but  these  systems  may  be  damaged,  disrupted  or  shut  down  due  to  attacks  by  computer 
hackers,  computer  viruses,  employee  error  or  malfeasance,  power  outages,  hardware  failures,  telecommunication  or  utility 
failures,  catastrophes  or  other  unforeseen  events,  and  in  any  such  circumstances  our  system  redundancy  and  other  disaster 
recovery  planning  may  be  ineffective  or  inadequate.    A  failure  of  or  breach  in  information  technology  security,  particularly 
through malicious cyber-attacks which are increasing in both frequency and sophistication by both state and non-state actors, 
could expose us and our customers, distributors and suppliers to risks of misuse of information or systems, the compromise of 
confidential  information,  manipulation  and  destruction  of  data,  defective  products,  production  downtimes  and  operations 
disruptions. In addition, such breaches in security could result in misstated financial information, regulatory action, fines and 
litigation,  and  other  potential  liabilities,  as  well  as  the  costs  and  operational  consequences  of  implementing  further  data 
protection measures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

The current cyber threat environment indicates increased risk for all companies.  In addition, we could be impacted by cyber 
threats, disruptions or vulnerabilities of our customers and suppliers.  Like other global companies, we have experienced cyber 
threats and incidents, although none have had a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.  Our information 
security efforts include programs designed to address security governance, identification and protection of critical assets, insider 
risk, third-party risk and cyber defense operations.  While these measures are designed to reduce the risk of a breach or failure 
of  our  information  technology  systems,  no  security  measures  or  countermeasures  can  guarantee  that  the  Company  will  not 
experience a significant information security incident in the future.

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

23

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES

As  of  December  31,  2020,  our  principal  manufacturing,  warehouse,  service  and  office  facilities  comprised  a  total  of 
approximately 7 million square feet of space worldwide.  The following table outlines the principal manufacturing, warehouse, 
service  and  office  facilities  owned  or  leased  (as  indicated  below)  by  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  in  relation  to  our 
continuing businesses:

BUSINESS SEGMENT

FACILITY LOCATION

BUSINESS SEGMENT

FACILITY LOCATION

MP (continued)

Corporate/Other

AWP

Norwalk, Connecticut (1)
Schaffhausen, Switzerland (1)
Moses Lake, Washington (1)
North Bend, Washington (1)
Redmond, Washington (1)
Changzhou, China
Umbertide, Italy
Darra, Australia (1)
Watertown, South Dakota 
Huron, South Dakota
Betim, Brazil (1) (2)

MP

Louisville, Kentucky

Durand, Michigan

Coalville, England

Multiple Business 
Segments

(1) These facilities are either partially or fully leased or subleased.

      (2)  Plans have been announced to exit the business associated with this facility.

Hosur, India
Subang Jaya, Malaysia (1)
Ballymoney, Northern Ireland
Campsie, Northern Ireland
Dungannon, Northern Ireland (1)
Omagh, Northern Ireland (1)
Newton, New Hampshire
Canton, South Dakota
Fort Wayne, Indiana
Bad Schönborn, Germany
Brisbane, Australia (1)
Crespellano, Italy

Fontanafredda, Italy

Southaven, Mississippi (1)
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

We also have numerous owned or leased locations for new machine and parts sales, distribution and service located worldwide.

We believe the properties listed above are suitable and adequate for our use.  From time to time, we may determine that certain 
of our properties exceed our requirements.  Such properties may be sold, leased or utilized in another manner.

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We  are  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability,  general  liability,  workers’  compensation  liability, 
employment,  commercial  and  intellectual  property  litigation,  which  have  arisen  in  the  normal  course  of  operations.    We  are 
insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage and other insurable 
risk  required  by  law  or  contract  with  retained  liability  to  us  or  deductibles.    We  believe  the  outcome  of  such  matters, 
individually  and  in  aggregate,  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  position.    However, 
outcomes  of  lawsuits  cannot  be  predicted  and,  if  determined  adversely,  could  ultimately  result  in  us  incurring  significant 
liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

For information concerning litigation and other contingencies and uncertainties, including our proceedings involving a claim in 
Brazil regarding payment of ICMS tax (Brazilian state value-added tax), see Note O – “Litigation and Contingencies,” in the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

24

PART II

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”) is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under 
the symbol “TEX.”  Certain of our debt agreements contain restrictions as to the payment of cash dividends to stockholders.  In 
addition,  Delaware  law  limits  payment  of  dividends.    In  February  2021,  Terex’s  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  dividend  of 
$0.12 per share to be paid on March 19, 2021.  Any additional payments of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, 
capital requirements and earnings, as well as other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.

As of February 9, 2021, there were 572 stockholders of record of our Common Stock.

Performance Graph

The  following  stock  performance  graph  is  intended  to  show  our  stock  performance  compared  with  that  of  comparable 
companies.    The  stock  performance  graph  shows  the  change  in  market  value  of  $100  invested  in  our  Common  Stock,  the 
Standard  &  Poor’s  500  Stock  Index  and  the  Peer  Group  (as  defined  below)  for  the  period  commencing  December  31,  2015 
through December 31, 2020.  The cumulative total stockholder return assumes dividends are reinvested.  The stockholder return 
shown on the graph below is not indicative of future performance.  The companies in the Peer Group are weighted by market 
capitalization. 

The  Peer  Group  consists  of  the  following  companies  that  are  in  our  same  industry,  of  comparable  revenue  size  to  us  and/or 
other  manufacturing  companies:  AGCO  Corporation,  Carlisle  Companies  Inc.,  Crane  Company,  Dana  Incorporated,  Dover 
Corporation,  Flowserve  Corporation,  Hubbell  Inc.,  Lennox  International  Inc.,  The  Manitowoc  Company,  Inc.,  Meritor  Inc., 
Navistar  International  Corporation,  Oshkosh  Corporation,  Pentair  Ltd.,  Rockwell  Automation,  Inc.,  Roper  Technologies  Inc., 
Timken Company, Trinity Industries Inc. and Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation.

25

Terex Corporation

S&P 500

Peer Group

12/15

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

12/16

172.75 

111.96 

124.60 

12/17

266.51 

136.40 

164.01 

12/18

154.00 

130.42 

138.45 

12/19

168.92 

171.49 

188.92 

12/20

199.10 

203.04 

214.50 

Copyright© 2021 Standard & Poor's, a division of S&P Global.  All rights reserved.

Purchases of Equity Securities

The  following  table  provides  information  about  our  purchases  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2020  of  our  Common 
Stock that is registered by us pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period

October 1, 2020 – October 31, 2020
November 1, 2020 – November 30, 2020

December 1, 2020 – December 31, 2020

Total

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased (1)
1,325
1,165

1,178

3,668

Average Price Paid 
per Share

$24.50
$26.65

$34.93

$28.53

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs (2)
—
—

—

—

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans 
or Programs (in 
thousands) (2)
$140,517
$140,517

$140,517

$140,517

(1) Amount includes shares of Common Stock purchased to satisfy requirements under the Company’s deferred compensation obligations to employees.
(2) In July 2018, our Board of Directors authorized and the Company publicly announced the repurchase of up to an additional $300 million of the Company’s 

outstanding common shares.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

27

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

Terex  is  a  global  manufacturer  of  aerial  work  platforms  and  materials  processing  machinery.    We  design,  build  and  support 
products  used  in  construction,  maintenance,  manufacturing,  energy,  minerals  and  materials  management  applications.    Our 
products  are  manufactured  in  North  and  South  America,  Europe,  Australia  and  Asia  and  sold  worldwide.    We  engage  with 
customers through all stages of the product life cycle, from initial specification and financing to parts and service support.  We 
report our business in the following segments: (i) AWP and (ii) MP.

Further information about our reportable segments appears below and in Note B - “Business Segment Information” in the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Non-GAAP Measures

In  this  document,  we  refer  to  various  GAAP  (U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles)  and  non-GAAP  financial 
measures.  These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.  We 
present  non-GAAP  financial  measures  in  reporting  our  financial  results  to  provide  investors  with  additional  analytical  tools 
which we believe are useful in evaluating our operating results and the ongoing performance of our underlying businesses.  We 
do not, nor do we suggest that investors consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, 
financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP  measures  we  may  use  include  translation  effect  of  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  changes  on  net  sales,  gross 
profit, selling, general & administrative (“SG&A”) costs and operating profit, as well as the net sales, gross profit, SG&A costs 
and operating profit excluding the impact of acquisitions and divestitures.

As  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  have  a  non-operating  impact  on  our  financial  results,  we  believe  excluding 
effects of these changes assists in assessment of our business results between periods.  We calculate the translation effect of 
foreign currency exchange rate changes by translating current period results using rates that the comparable prior periods were 
translated  at  to  isolate  the  foreign  exchange  component  of  fluctuation  from  the  operational  component.    Similarly,  impact  of 
changes in our results from acquisitions and divestitures not included in comparable prior periods may be subtracted from the 
absolute change in results to allow for better comparability of results between periods.

We calculate a non-GAAP measure of free cash flow.  We define free cash flow as Net cash provided by (used in) operating 
activities, plus (minus) increases (decreases) in TFS finance receivables consisting of sales-type leases and commercial loans 
(“TFS  Assets”),  less  Capital  expenditures,  net  of  proceeds  from  sale  of  capital  assets.    We  believe  this  measure  of  free  cash 
flow provides management and investors further useful information on cash generation or use in our primary operations.

We discuss forward looking information related to expected earnings per share (“EPS”) excluding the impact of potential future 
acquisitions,  divestitures,  restructuring  and  other  unusual  items.    Our  2021  outlook  for  earnings  per  share  is  a  non-GAAP 
financial measure because it excludes unusual items.  The Company is not able to reconcile these forward-looking non-GAAP 
financial measures to their most directly comparable forward-looking GAAP financial measures without unreasonable efforts 
because the Company is unable to predict with a reasonable degree of certainty the exact timing and impact of such items.  The 
unavailable information could have a significant impact on the Company’s full year 2021 GAAP financial results.  This forward 
looking information provides guidance to investors about our EPS expectations excluding these unusual items that we do not 
believe are reflective of our ongoing operations.

Working  capital  is  calculated  using  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  amounts  for  Trade  receivables  (net  of  allowance)  plus 
Inventories, less Trade accounts payable and Customer advances.  We view excessive working capital as an inefficient use of 
resources,  and  seek  to  minimize  the  level  of  investment  without  adversely  impacting  ongoing  operations  of  the  business.  
Trailing three months annualized net sales is calculated using net sales for the most recent quarter end multiplied by four.  The 
ratio calculated by dividing working capital by trailing three months annualized net sales is a non-GAAP measure we believe 
measures our resource use efficiency.

Non-GAAP  measures  we  also  use  include  Net  Operating  Profit  After  Tax  (“NOPAT”)  as  adjusted,  Income  (loss)  from 
operations  as  adjusted,  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  adjusted  and  Stockholders’  equity  as  adjusted,  which  are  used  in  the 
calculation of our after tax return on invested capital (“ROIC”) (collectively the “Non-GAAP Measures”), which are discussed 
in detail below.

28

Overview

The past year was one of transition for Terex.  We evolved our “Focus, Simplify, Execute to Win” strategy to its next phase of 
“Execute,  Innovate,  Grow”.    We  are  progressing  into  a  leaner  organization,  with  fewer  organizational  levels,  including  the 
elimination and consolidation of management layers.  Also, as we right-size our organization, we have been re-evaluating and 
reducing our company-wide footprint.  We recognize that to win in the marketplace we must have a globally cost competitive 
manufacturing footprint.  We have been and will continue to take the actions necessary to achieve this objective.  We will also 
continue to innovate in our products and technology.  We are listening to our customers, so our products and services offer the 
features  and  benefits  which  provide  value  to  our  customers.    We  are  emphasizing  execution,  driving  innovation  and  growth, 
specifically focused on profitable growth.

We  were  significantly  impacted  in  2020  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    Overall,  2020  demonstrated  the  resilience  of  our 
business and team members to deliver improving results throughout the year against a very challenging backdrop.  While the 
COVID-19  pandemic  continued  in  the  second  half  of  2020,  global  economic  activity  has  stabilized  and  begun  to  gradually 
recover but remains below pre-COVID-19 levels.  In response to the ongoing pandemic, we implemented safety, financial and 
cost reduction actions.

Although our strategy has evolved, safety is and will remain the top priority of the Company driven by our Zero Harm Safety 
culture of Think Safe – Work Safe – Home Safe.  Our global and regional crisis response teams remain active and our facilities 
continue  refining  their  preparedness  and  response  plans  to  ensure  they  can  respond  swiftly  as  local  or  regional  pandemic 
conditions  change.    The  continuing  vigilance  of  our  team  members  both  inside  and  outside  of  work  and  the  successful 
COVID-19 safety measures we implemented early on are effectively protecting our team.

After  safety,  our  top  priority  is  our  liquidity.    As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  had  approximately  $1.1  billion  in  available 
liquidity.  We have taken numerous actions so that we can maintain strong liquidity levels going forward.  It is important that 
all of Terex’s stakeholders, including customers, suppliers, team members and credit and equity investors, have confidence that 
we have the operational and financial strength to manage successfully through this period of uncertainty.  We believe we have 
ample liquidity to meet our business plans.  See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a detailed description of liquidity and 
working capital levels, including the primary factors affecting such levels.

Throughout 2020, we have made good progress in lowering our costs.  Specifically, we have reduced our SG&A cost structure 
for  2021  by  over  $100  million  as  compared  to  2019,  driven  by  headcount  reductions,  footprint  reductions,  optimizing  our 
information technology spend and automating and digitizing processes.  These actions have enabled us to come into 2021 well 
positioned to meet our target of SG&A percent to sales for 2021 of 12.5%.  Given the economic and industry uncertainty posed 
by the pandemic, we reduced our 2020 capital spending by 35%, although we continued to invest in growth as demonstrated by 
our new Utilities manufacturing facility and continued expansion of our Changzhou, China facility.  We will continue to invest 
in 2021 with capital spending, net of asset dispositions, expected to be approximately $90 million.

Net sales in 2020 were down 29% compared to 2019 driven by the onset of the pandemic in early 2020.  Net sales stabilized 
and improved in the second half of 2020 as compared to the first half of 2020.  As a result, net sales were only down 11% in the 
fourth quarter of 2020 compared to the same quarter in 2019.  End markets for both AWP and MP continued to recover in the 
second half of 2020 from the lows in the second quarter of 2020.

Our AWP segment’s 2020 net sales were down 35% from the prior year period driven by end markets in the U.S. and Europe 
being significantly below last year’s levels as a result of the pandemic.  The market and our aerial products sales in China were 
strong throughout most of 2020 after a slow start to the year caused by the pandemic.  Overall, the utilities market was softer in 
2020 but did not experience the same levels of decline as our aerials business.  We aggressively managed production levels to 
ensure we were not building excess inventory.  Our aggressive production control allowed us to achieve almost a $180 million 
reduction in aerial products inventory levels year-over-year.  We expect the improved customer sentiment demonstrated by our 
Genie  and  Utilities  customers  in  the  second  half  of  2020  to  continue  into  2021  and  are  encouraged  by  our  backlog  for  the 
segment, which is up 10% compared to the prior year.  As a result, we anticipate sales of approximately $2.0 billion and an 
operating margin of approximately 6.5% in 2021.

29

Our MP segment’s 2020 net sales were down 22% from the prior year period driven by cautious customer sentiment delaying 
capital purchases of crushing and screening equipment and material handlers.  However, net sales stabilized and improved in 
the second half of 2020 as compared to the first half of 2020.  As a result, net sales were only down 3% in the fourth quarter of 
2020  compared  to  the  same  quarter  in  2019.    The  MP  team  has  been  aggressively  managing  all  elements  of  cost  in  a 
challenging  environment.    This  helped  drive  the  strong  financial  performance  of  the  MP  segment,  achieving  an  operating 
margin of 11% in 2020, despite the decrease in net sales.  We expect MP to continue its consistent operating performance in 
2021  and  are  encouraged  by  our  backlog  for  the  segment,  which  is  up  59%  compared  to  the  prior  year.    As  a  result,  we 
anticipate sales of approximately $1.4 billion and an operating margin of approximately 12% in 2021.

Throughout  2020,  we  have  been  intensely  focused  on  rightsizing  our  inventory  levels  to  the  customer  demand  environment, 
especially in our aerial products business.  Our focus on net working capital management drove $141 million of free cash flow 
generation in 2020.  Our strong liquidity and expected 2021 free cash flow generation allowed us to initiate our option to prepay 
a portion of our term loans prior to their maturity date and reinstate a dividend in 2021.

In 2020, our largest market remained North America, which represented approximately 57% of our global sales in continuing 
operations.  As compared to the prior year period, our sales were down double digits in every major geography.

We have seen our markets stabilize and improve over the course of 2020 and we currently expect to see markets improve in 
2021 due to the global deployment of COVID-19 vaccines and AWP customers’ fleet replenishment.  However, we continue to 
operate in an unprecedented period and our results could continue to change, negatively or positively.   Disruptions associated 
with COVID-19, whether it is team member absenteeism or supply chain disruptions, could impact our results.  See Part I, Item 
1A. – “Risk Factors” for a detailed description of the risks resulting from COVID-19.  As a result, we currently expect 2021 
earnings per share (“EPS”) to be between $1.95 and $2.35, on net sales of approximately $3.45 billion.

30

ROIC

ROIC and other Non-GAAP Measures (as calculated below) assist in showing how effectively we utilize capital invested in our 
operations.  ROIC is determined by dividing the sum of NOPAT for each of the previous four quarters by the average of Debt 
less Cash and cash equivalents plus Stockholders’ equity for the previous five quarters.  NOPAT for each quarter is calculated 
by multiplying Income (loss) from operations by one minus the effective tax rate.

In  the  calculation  of  ROIC,  we  adjust  Income  (loss)  from  operations  and  Stockholders’  equity  to  remove  the  effects  of  the 
impact of certain transactions in order to create a measure that is useful to understanding our operating results and the ongoing 
performance  of  our  underlying  business  without  the  impact  of  unusual  items  as  shown  in  the  tables  below.    Cash  and  cash 
equivalents is adjusted to include amounts recorded as held for sale.

Furthermore, we believe returns on capital deployed in TFS do not represent our primary operations and, therefore, TFS Assets 
and results from operations have been excluded from the Non-GAAP Measures.  Debt is calculated using amounts for Current 
portion of long-term debt plus Long-term debt, less current portion.  We calculate ROIC using the last four quarters’ adjusted 
NOPAT as this represents the most recent 12-month period at any given point of determination.  In order for the denominator of 
the  ROIC  ratio  to  properly  match  the  operational  period  reflected  in  the  numerator,  we  include  the  average  of  five  quarters’ 
ending  balance  sheet  amounts  so  that  the  denominator  includes  the  average  of  the  opening  through  ending  balances  (on  a 
quarterly basis) thereby providing, over the same time period as the numerator, four quarters of average invested capital.

Terex  management  and  Board  of  Directors  use  ROIC  as  one  measure  to  assess  operational  performance,  including  in 
connection with certain compensation programs.  We use ROIC as a metric because we believe it measures how effectively we 
invest our capital and provides a better measure to compare ourselves to peer companies to assist in assessing how we drive 
operational  improvement.    We  believe  ROIC  measures  return  on  the  amount  of  capital  invested  in  our  primary  businesses, 
excluding TFS, as opposed to another metric such as return on stockholders’ equity that only incorporates book equity, and is 
thus a more accurate and descriptive measure of our performance.  We also believe adding Debt less Cash and cash equivalents 
to  Stockholders’  equity  provides  a  better  comparison  across  similar  businesses  regarding  total  capitalization,  and  ROIC 
highlights the level of value creation as a percentage of capital invested.  As the tables below show, our ROIC at December 31, 
2020 was 3.8%.

Amounts described below are reported in millions of U.S. dollars, except for the effective tax rate.  Amounts are as of and for 
the three months ended for the periods referenced in the tables below.

Dec '20

Sep '20

Jun '20

Mar '20

Dec '19

Effective tax rate

 18.2 %

 18.2 %

 18.2 %

 18.2 %

Income (loss) from operations as adjusted

$ 

30.6 

$ 

34.7 

$ 

4.0 

$ 

(4.5) 

Multiplied by: 1 minus effective tax rate

 81.8 %

 81.8 %

 81.8 %

 81.8 %

Adjusted net operating income (loss) after tax

$ 

25.0 

$ 

28.4 

$ 

3.3 

$ 

(3.7) 

Debt

$  1,173.8 

$  1,174.5 

$  1,174.5 

$  1,345.1 

$ 

1,175.7 

Less: Cash and cash equivalents as adjusted

(670.1) 

(512.6) 

(429.9) 

(515.0) 

(540.1) 

Debt less Cash and cash equivalents as adjusted

$  503.7 

$  661.9 

$  744.6 

$  830.1 

$  816.0 

$  746.1 

$  679.2 

$  649.7 

$ 

$ 

635.6 

789.7 

Stockholders’ equity as adjusted
Debt less Cash and cash equivalents plus Total Terex 
Corporation stockholders’ equity as adjusted

$  1,319.7 

$  1,408.0 

$  1,423.8 

$  1,479.8 

$ 

1,425.3 

December 31, 2020 ROIC

NOPAT as adjusted (last 4 quarters)
Average Debt less Cash and cash equivalents plus Stockholders’ 

equity, as adjusted (5 quarters)

 3.8 %

53.0 

1,411.3 

$ 

$ 

31

 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of income (loss) from operations:

Income (loss) from operations as reported

$ 

31.6  $ 

36.5  $ 

7.4  $ 

(7.1) 

Three 
months 
ended 
12/31/20

Three 
months 
ended 
9/30/20

Three 
months 
ended 
6/30/20

Three 
months 
ended 
3/31/20

Adjustments:

(Income) loss from TFS

Income (loss) from operations as adjusted

Reconciliation of Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents - continuing operations

Cash and cash equivalents - assets held for sale

Cash and cash equivalents as adjusted

Reconciliation of Stockholders’ equity:

Stockholders’ equity as reported

TFS Assets

Effects of adjustments, net of tax:

Restructuring and related

Transformation

Other

(Income) loss from TFS

Stockholders’ equity as adjusted

(1.0)  

30.6  $ 

(1.8)  

34.7  $ 

(3.4)  

4.0  $ 

2.6 

(4.5) 

As of 
12/31/20

As of 
9/30/20

As of 
6/30/20

As of 
3/31/20

As of 
12/31/19

665.0  $ 

508.3  $ 

426.0  $ 

511.3  $ 

535.1 

5.1   

4.3   

3.9   

3.7   

5.0 

670.1  $ 

512.6  $ 

429.9  $ 

515.0  $ 

540.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

921.5  $ 

852.7  $ 

800.4  $ 

786.2  $ 

932.3 

(113.9)  

(115.8)  

(131.9)  

(150.0)  

(154.0) 

8.3   

2.9   

1.0   

(3.8)  

8.3   

2.9   

1.0   

(3.0)  

8.3   

2.9   

1.0   

(1.5)  

8.3   

2.9   

1.0   

1.3   

8.3 

2.9 

1.0 

(0.8) 

$ 

816.0  $ 

746.1  $ 

679.2  $ 

649.7  $ 

789.7 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2020 COMPARED WITH 2019

Consolidated

2020

2019

Net sales
Gross profit
SG&A
Income (loss) from operations

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

3,076.4 
539.3 
470.9 
68.4 

% of
Sales
($ amounts in millions)

— 
 17.5 %
 15.3 %
 2.2 %

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

4,353.1 
887.8 
552.8 
335.0 

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

— 
 20.4 %  
 12.7 %  
 7.7 %  

 (29.3) %
 (39.3) %
 (14.8) %
 (79.6) %

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $1,276.7 million when compared to 2019.  The decrease in net sales 
was  primarily  due  to  lower  demand  for  aerial  work  platforms,  telehandlers  and  utility  equipment  in  our  AWP  segment  and 
materials processing equipment, material handlers, cranes and concrete mixer trucks in our MP segment primarily as a result of 
COVID-19 adversely affecting our customers’ sentiment and spending, leading to a downturn in our markets.

Gross  profit  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  decreased  $348.5  million  when  compared  to  2019.    The  decrease  was 
primarily due to lower sales in our AWP and MP segments and temporary volume related manufacturing inefficiencies in our 
AWP segment as a result of the impact of COVID-19.

SG&A  costs  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  decreased  $81.9  million  when  compared  to  2019.    The  decrease  was 
primarily  due  to  cost  control  measures,  including  right-sizing  our  workforce,  temporary  salary  reductions  and  reduced 
discretionary spending, taken across all areas of our business, partially offset by severance and restructuring charges taken in 
2020.

Income  from  operations  decreased  by  $266.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  when  compared  to  2019.    The 
decrease was primarily due to the negative impact of COVID-19 on our businesses, partially offset by lower selling, general 
and administrative expenses.

Aerial Work Platforms

2020

2019

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Income from operations

$ 
$ 

1,782.9   
0.5   

— 
 — %

$ 
$ 

2,726.6 
196.2 

— 
 7.2 %  

 (34.6) %
 (99.7) %

Net  sales  for  the  AWP  segment  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  decreased  $943.7  million  when  compared  to  2019 
primarily due to lower demand for aerial work platforms in all major geographies, telehandlers in North America and Europe 
and utility equipment in North America as a result of COVID-19 adversely affecting our customers’ sentiment and spending, 
leading to a downturn in our markets. 

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $195.7 million when compared to 2019 primarily due 
to  lower  sales  volume,  temporary  volume  related  manufacturing  inefficiencies  as  a  result  of  the  impact  of  COVID-19  and 
severance and restructuring charges, partially offset by reduced spending for selling, general and administrative expenses.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Materials Processing

2020

2019

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Income from operations

$ 
$ 

1,256.8   
143.4   

— 
 11.4 %

$ 
$ 

1,602.6 
227.9 

— 

 14.2 %  

 (21.6) %
 (37.1) %

Net  sales  for  the  MP  segment  decreased  by  $345.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  when  compared  to  2019 
primarily due to decreased demand for materials processing equipment, material handlers and cranes in all major geographies 
and  concrete  mixer  trucks  in  North  America  as  a  result  of  COVID-19  adversely  affecting  our  customers’  sentiment  and 
spending, leading to a downturn in our markets.

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $84.5 million when compared to 2019 primarily due 
to  lower  sales  volume  as  a  result  of  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  partially  offset  by  reduced  spending  for  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses.

Corporate and Other / Eliminations

2020

2019

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Loss from operations

$ 
$ 

36.7   
(75.5)  

— 
*

$ 
$ 

23.9 
(89.1)   

— 
*

 53.6 %
 15.3 %

* Not a meaningful percentage

Net sales include on-book financing activities of TFS and elimination of intercompany sales activity among segments.  The net 
sales increase is primarily attributable to lower intercompany sales eliminations, partially offset by lower TFS revenue.

Loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $13.6 million when compared to 2019.  The decrease in 
operating loss is primarily due to lower general and administrative spending and reduced personnel expense due to right-sizing 
our workforce, partially offset by the gain on sale of an investment in 2019 and a specific finance receivable reserve for one 
customer in 2020.

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  our  interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  was  $62.3  million,  or  $19.1  million 
lower than the same period in the prior year due to a decrease in average borrowings and lower rates.

Other Income (Expense) - Net

Other income (expense) – net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was income of $4.9 million, compared to a loss of $6.1 
million in 2019.  The change was primarily due to foreign exchange translation gains in the current year period compared to 
losses in 2019, a gain related to the repayment to Terex of a third party note and a positive post-closing adjustment in 2020 
related to the settlement of our U.S. defined benefit pension plan in 2018.

Income Taxes

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized an income tax expense of $2.0 million on income of $11.0 million, 
an effective tax rate of 18.2%, as compared to an income tax expense of $37.8 million on income of $247.5 million, an effective 
tax rate of 15.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2019.  The higher effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 
is primarily due to U.S. tax on foreign income, partially offset by geographic mix and tax benefits from the CARES Act and 
changes in tax regulations, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations - Net of Tax

Loss from discontinued operations - net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.4 million compared to a loss of 
$155.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  The change was due to non-recurring losses in 2019 from recognition of 
a pre-tax charge of approximately $82 million ($82 million after-tax) to write-down the mobile cranes disposal group to fair 
value, less costs to sell and the negative performance of our mobile cranes business prior to disposition.

Gain (Loss) on Disposition of Discontinued Operations - Net of Tax

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized a loss on disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax of $19.2 
million,  primarily  related  to  a  settlement  with  Tadano  Ltd.  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  (“Tadano”)  on  cash,  debt,  working 
capital and certain other items related to the disposition of Demag® mobile cranes business to Tadano.

35

2019 COMPARED WITH 2018

Consolidated

2019

2018

Net sales
Gross profit
SG&A
Income (loss) from operations

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

4,353.1 
887.8 
552.8 
335.0 

% of
Sales
($ amounts in millions)

— 
 20.4 %
 12.7 %
 7.7 %

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

4,517.2 
961.9 
549.4 
412.5 

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

— 
 21.3 %  
 12.2 %  
 9.1 %  

 (3.6) %
 (7.7) %
 0.6 %
 (18.8) %

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $164.1 million when compared to 2018.  The decrease in net sales 
was primarily due to weakening demand for aerial work platforms in North America and Western Europe in our AWP segment 
and  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates  which  negatively  impacted  consolidated  net  sales  by  approximately  $105  million, 
partially offset by higher demand for equipment in our MP segment and aerial work platforms in China and utility equipment in 
our AWP segment.

Gross  profit  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  $74.1  million  when  compared  to  2018.    The  decrease  was 
primarily due to the negative impact of foreign exchange rate changes across all segments and lower sales volume and factory 
overhead  absorption  in  our  AWP  segment,  partially  offset  by  higher  sales  volume  in  our  MP  segment  and  favorable  price 
variances in our AWP segment.

SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $3.4 million when compared to 2018 primarily due to increased 
engineering and selling costs, partially offset by lower personnel costs.

Income  from  operations  decreased  by  $77.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  when  compared  to  2018.    The 
decrease was primarily due to the negative effects of foreign exchange rate changes in all segments and lower sales volume and 
factory  overhead  absorption  in  our  AWP  segment,  partially  offset  by  higher  sales  volume  in  our  MP  segment  and  favorable 
price variances in our AWP segment.

Aerial Work Platforms

2019

2018

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Income from operations

$ 
$ 

2,726.6   
196.2   

— 
 7.2 %

$ 
$ 

2,950.4 
300.5 

— 

 10.2 %  

 (7.6) %
 (34.7) %

Net  sales  for  the  AWP  segment  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  $223.8  million  when  compared  to  2018 
primarily  due  to  weakening  demand  for  aerial  work  platforms  in  North  America  and  Western  Europe,  partially  offset  by 
increased  sales  in  China  and  higher  demand  for  utility  equipment.    Net  sales  were  negatively  impacted  by  effects  of  foreign 
exchange rate changes, particularly in Europe, of approximately $43 million.

Income  from  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  decreased  $104.3  million  when  compared  to  2018.    The 
decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  sales  volume,  lower  factory  overhead  absorption  from  a  decrease  in  overall  production 
volume,  the  negative  effects  of  foreign  exchange  rate  changes  and  higher  engineering  and  selling  costs,  partially  offset  by 
favorable price variances and a change in allocation of health care costs.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Materials Processing

2019

2018

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Income from operations

$ 
$ 

1,602.6   
227.9   

— 
 14.2 %

$ 
$ 

1,576.8 
211.1 

— 

 13.4 %  

 1.6 %
 8.0 %

Net  sales  for  the  MP  segment  increased  by  $25.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  when  compared  to  2018 
primarily due to higher demand for material handlers and mobile crushing and screening equipment, pick and carry equipment 
primarily in Australia and concrete mixer trucks in North America, partially offset by weakening demand for tower cranes.  Net 
sales  were  negatively  impacted  by  effects  of  foreign  exchange  rate  changes,  particularly  in  Europe,  of  approximately  $62 
million.

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased $16.8 million when compared to 2018 primarily due 
to higher overall sales volume and a customer advance forfeiture, partially offset by the negative effects of foreign exchange 
rate changes.

Corporate and Other / Eliminations

2019

2018

% of
Sales

($ amounts in millions)

% of
Sales

% Change In 
Reported Amounts

Net sales
Loss from operations

$ 
$ 

23.9   
(89.1)  

— 
*

$ 
$ 

(10.0)   
(99.1)   

— 
*

 339.0 %
 10.1 %

* Not a meaningful percentage

Net sales include on-book financing activities of TFS and elimination of intercompany sales activity among segments.  The net 
sales increase is primarily due to lower intercompany sales eliminations and increased governmental sales.

Loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $10.0 million when compared to 2018.  The decrease in 
operating loss is primarily due to lower compensation costs and professional fees and the sale of an equity investment, partially 
offset  by  the  negative  effects  of  exchange  rate  changes,  a  change  in  allocation  of  health  care  costs,  severance  costs  and  a 
specific loss allowance on a finance receivable.

Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  our  interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  was  $81.4  million,  or  $17.3  million 
higher than the prior year due to an increase in average borrowings, partially offset by lower rates.

Other Income (Expense) - Net

Other income (expense) – net for the year ended December 31, 2019 was a loss of $6.1 million, compared to a loss of $60.6 
million in 2018.  The change was due primarily to a loss in the prior year of approximately $51 million related to the settlement 
of our U.S. defined benefit pension plan, as described in Note M - “Retirement Plans and Other Benefits”.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized an income tax expense of $37.8 million on income of $247.5 million, 
an effective tax rate of 15.3%, as compared to an income tax expense of $45.4 million on income of $287.1 million, an effective 
tax rate of 15.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The lower effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 
was primarily due to favorable jurisdictional mix.

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations - Net of Tax

Loss from discontinued operations - net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $155.4 million, compared to a loss of 
$130.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The loss in 2019 was primarily from recognition of a pre-tax charge 
of approximately $82 million ($82 million after-tax) to write-down the mobile cranes disposal group to fair value, less costs to 
sell, and the negative performance of our mobile cranes business.

Gain (Loss) on Disposition of Discontinued Operations - Net of Tax

Gain on disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $0.1 million compared to 
a gain of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The gain in 2019 was primarily related to a gain on the sale of 
our  North  American  mobile  crane  product  lines  manufactured  in  its  Oklahoma  City  facility,  partially  offset  by  post-closing 
adjustments for the sale of MHPS and a loss on the sale of Demag.

38

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  
Changes  in  estimates  and  assumptions  used  by  management  could  have  significant  impacts  on  our  financial  results.    Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.

We believe the following are among our most significant accounting policies which are important in determining the reporting 
of transactions and events and which utilize estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and therefore are 
based on management judgment.  Please refer to Note A – “Basis of Presentation” in the accompanying Consolidated Financial 
Statements for a listing of our accounting policies.

Inventories  –  In  valuing  inventory,  we  are  required  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the  level  of  reserves  required  to  value 
potentially obsolete or over-valued items at the lower of cost or net realizable value (“NRV”).  These assumptions require us to 
analyze the aging of and forecasted demand for our inventory, forecast future product sales prices, pricing trends and margins, 
and to make judgments and estimates regarding obsolete or excess inventory.  Future product sales prices, pricing trends and 
margins  are  based  on  the  best  available  information  at  that  time  including  actual  orders  received,  negotiations  with  our 
customers for future orders, including their plans for expenditures, and market trends for similar products.  Our judgments and 
estimates for excess or obsolete inventory are based on analysis of actual and forecasted usage.  Valuation of used equipment 
taken  in  trade  from  customers  requires  us  to  use  the  best  information  available  to  determine  the  value  of  the  equipment  to 
potential customers.  This value is subject to change based on numerous conditions. Inventory reserves are established taking 
into account age, frequency of use, or sale, and in the case of repair parts, installed base of machines.  While calculations are 
made involving these factors, significant management judgment regarding expectations for future events is involved.  Future 
events  that  could  significantly  influence  our  judgment  and  related  estimates  include  general  economic  conditions  in  markets 
where  our  products  are  sold,  new  equipment  price  fluctuations,  actions  of  our  competitors,  including  introduction  of  new 
products and technological advances, as well as new products and design changes we introduce.  We make adjustments to our 
inventory  reserves  based  on  identification  of  specific  situations  and  increase  our  inventory  reserves  accordingly.    As  further 
changes  in  future  economic  or  industry  conditions  occur,  we  may  revise  estimates  that  were  used  to  calculate  our  inventory 
reserves.

If actual conditions are less favorable than those we have projected, we will increase our reserves for lower of cost or NRV, 
excess  and  obsolete  inventory  accordingly.    Any  increase  in  our  reserves  will  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations.  
Establishment  of  a  reserve  for  lower  of  cost  or  NRV,  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  establishes  a  new  cost  basis  in  the 
inventory.  Such reserves are not reduced until the product is sold.

Guarantees – We have issued guarantees to financial institutions related to financing of equipment purchases by our customers.  
We assess the expectation of losses or non-performance based on consideration of historical customer reviews, current financial 
conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts, equipment collateral value and other factors.  Many of these factors, including 
the  assessment  of  a  customer’s  ability  to  pay,  are  influenced  by  economic  and  market  factors  that  cannot  be  predicted  with 
certainty.

Our customers may fund the acquisition of our equipment through third-party finance companies.  In certain instances, we may 
provide  a  credit  guarantee  to  the  finance  company  by  which  we  agree  to  make  payments  to  the  finance  company  should  the 
customer  default.    Our  maximum  liability  is  generally  limited  to  our  customer’s  remaining  payments  due  to  the  finance 
company  at  the  time  of  default.    In  the  event  of  a  customer  default,  we  are  generally  able  to  recover  and  dispose  of  the 
equipment  at  a  minimum  loss,  if  any,  to  us.    Reserves  are  recorded  for  expected  loss  over  the  contractual  period  of  risk 
exposure.

There can be no assurance our historical experience in used equipment markets will be indicative of future results.  Our ability 
to recover losses from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in used equipment markets at the time of loss.  
See  Note  O  –  “Litigation  and  Contingencies”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  information 
regarding our guarantees.

39

Revenue Recognition – We recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects 
the consideration which we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  In determining when and how revenue is 
recognized  from  contracts  with  customers,  we  perform  the  following  five-step  analysis:  (i)  identification  of  contract  with 
customer;  (ii)  determination  of  performance  obligations;  (iii)  measurement  of  the  transaction  price;  (iv)  allocation  of  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  and  (v)  recognition  of  revenue  when  (or  as)  the  Company  satisfies  each 
performance obligation.  The majority of our revenue is recognized at the time of shipment, at the net sales price (transaction 
price).  Estimates of variable consideration, such as volume discounts and rebates, reduce transaction price when it is probable 
that a customer will attain these types of sales incentives.  These estimates are primarily derived from contractual terms and 
historical experience.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amount and 
do  not  bear  interest.    Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  our  estimate  of  current  expected  credit  losses  on  existing  accounts 
receivable  and  determined  based  on  historical  customer  reviews,  current  financial  conditions  and  reasonable  and  supportable 
forecasts.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines it is expected the receivable 
will not be recovered.  There can be no assurance that our estimate of accounts receivable collection will be indicative of future 
results.

Goodwill – Goodwill is assigned to one or more reporting segments on the date of acquisition.  We review our goodwill for 
impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances 
change  that  would  more  likely  than  not  reduce  the  fair  value  of  any  one  of  our  reporting  units  below  its  respective  carrying 
amount. 

In performing the goodwill impairment test, we may first perform a qualitative assessment or bypass the qualitative assessment 
and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test.  A qualitative assessment requires that we consider events 
or  circumstances  including  macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  and  market  considerations,  cost  factors,  overall  financial 
performance, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes in customers, changes in the composition 
or carrying amount of a reporting segment’s net assets and changes in our stock price.  If, after assessing the totality of events 
or  circumstances,  we  determine  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  values  of  our  reporting  units  are  greater  than  the 
carrying amounts, then a quantitative impairment test does not need to be performed.

If the qualitative assessment indicates a quantitative analysis should be performed or a quantitative analysis is directly elected, 
we evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each of our reporting units to its carrying value, including 
the  associated  goodwill.    To  determine  the  fair  values,  we  use  an  income  approach,  along  with  other  relevant  market 
information, derived from a discounted cash flow model to estimate fair value of our reporting units.  An impairment charge for 
the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value,  if  any,  would  be  recognized.    The  loss 
recognized would not exceed total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

See Note I – “Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets  –  We  assess  the  realizability  of  our  long-lived  assets,  including  definite-lived  intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable.  Impairment is determined to exist if estimated future undiscounted 
cash  flows  are  less  than  carrying  value.    If  an  impairment  is  indicated,  assets  are  written  down  to  their  fair  value,  which  is 
typically  determined  by  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.    Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  regarding  future 
sales  levels  and  the  level  of  working  capital  needed  to  support  the  assets.    We  use  data  developed  by  business  segment 
management  as  well  as  macroeconomic  data  in  making  these  calculations.    There  are  no  assurances  that  future  cash  flow 
assumptions will be achieved.  The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated as the difference between 
estimated fair value and carrying value of the asset.

Accrued  Warranties  –  We  record  accruals  for  potential  warranty  claims  based  on  our  claim  experience.    A  liability  for 
estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale.  The liability is established using historical warranty claims experience 
for  each  product  sold.    Historical  claims  experience  may  be  adjusted  for  known  design  improvements  or  for  the  impact  of 
unusual  product  quality  issues.    Assumptions  are  updated  for  known  events  that  may  affect  the  potential  warranty  liability.  
However,  actual  claims  could  be  higher  or  lower  than  amounts  estimated,  as  the  amount  and  value  of  warranty  claims  are 
subject  to  variation  as  a  result  of  many  factors  that  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty,  including  production  quality  issues, 
performance of new products, models and technology, changes in weather conditions for product operation, different uses for 
products and other similar factors.

40

Defined  Benefit  Plans  –  Pension  benefits  represent  financial  obligations  that  will  be  ultimately  settled  in  the  future  with 
employees  who  meet  eligibility  requirements.    As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  maintained  an  unfunded,  nonqualified 
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (the  “U.S.  SERP”)  for  certain  former  U.S.  employees.    Generally,  the  U.S.  SERP 
provides a benefit based on average total compensation earned over a participant’s final five years of employment and years of 
service  reduced  by  benefits  earned  under  any  Company  retirement  program,  excluding  salary  deferrals  and  matching 
contributions.    In  addition,  benefits  are  reduced  by  Social  Security  Primary  Insurance  Amounts  attributable  to  Company 
contributions.

We maintain defined benefit plans in France, Germany, Italy, India, Switzerland and the U.K. for some of our subsidiaries.  The 
plans  in  France,  Germany,  Italy  and  India  are  unfunded  plans.    The  plan  in  the  U.K.  is  frozen.    Participation  in  the  German 
plans is frozen; however, eligible participants are credited with post-freeze service for purposes of determining vesting and the 
amount of benefits.  For our operations in Italy, there are mandatory termination indemnity plans providing a benefit payable 
upon  termination  of  employment  in  substantially  all  cases  of  termination.    We  record  this  obligation  based  on  the  mandated 
requirements.    The  measure  of  the  current  obligation  is  not  dependent  on  the  employees’  future  service  and  therefore  is 
measured  at  current  value.    The  defined  benefit  plans  in  France,  India  and  Switzerland  are  mandatory  benefit  plans  for  all 
employees.

Plan assets consist primarily of fixed income and equity securities.  For non-U.S. funded plans, approximately 74% of the assets 
are in fixed income securities, 23% are in equity securities and 3% are in real estate securities.  These allocations are reviewed 
periodically and updated to meet the long-term goals of the plans.

Determination  of  defined  benefit  pension  and  post-retirement  plan  obligations  and  their  associated  expenses  requires  use  of 
actuarial valuations to estimate the benefits employees earn while working, as well as the present value of those benefits.  We 
use  the  services  of  independent  actuaries  to  assist  with  these  calculations.    Inherent  in  these  valuations  are  economic 
assumptions, including expected returns on plan assets, discount rates at which liabilities may be settled, rates of increase of 
health  care  costs,  rates  of  future  compensation  increases  as  well  as  employee  demographic  assumptions  such  as  retirement 
patterns,  mortality  and  turnover.    The  actuarial  assumptions  used  may  differ  materially  from  actual  results  due  to  changing 
market and economic conditions, higher or lower turnover rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants.  Actual results 
that differ from the actuarial assumptions used are recorded as unrecognized gains and losses.  Unrecognized gains and losses 
that exceed 10% of the greater of the plan’s projected benefit obligations or the market-related value of assets are amortized to 
earnings over the shorter of the estimated future service period of the plan participants or the period until any anticipated final 
plan settlements.  The assumptions used in the actuarial models are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect experience.  
We believe the assumptions used in the actuarial calculations are reasonable and are within accepted practices in each of the 
respective geographic locations in which we operate.

Expected  long-term  rates  of  return  on  pension  plan  assets  were  4.00%  for  the  U.K.  plan  and  2.00%  for  the  Swiss  plan  at 
December 31, 2020.  Our strategy with regard to the investments in the pension plans is to earn a rate of return sufficient to 
match or exceed the long-term growth of pension liabilities.  The expected rate of return of plan assets represents an estimate of 
long-term  returns  on  the  investment  portfolio.    These  rates  are  determined  annually  by  management  based  on  a  weighted 
average  of  current  and  historical  market  trends,  historical  portfolio  performance  and  the  portfolio  mix  of  investments.    The 
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets at December 31 is used to measure the earnings effects for the subsequent year.  
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on plan assets affects the calculated value of plan assets and, 
ultimately, future pension expense (income).

The discount rates were 2.50% for the U.S. SERP and 0.00% to 6.50% with a weighted average of 1.42% for non-U.S. plans at 
December  31,  2020.    The  discount  rate  enables  us  to  estimate  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  on  the 
measurement date.  The rate used reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of 
expected benefit payments at the December 31 measurement date.  The discount rate at December 31 is used to measure the 
year-end benefit obligations and the earnings effects on the subsequent year.  Typically, a higher discount rate decreases the 
present value of benefit obligations.

The  U.S.  SERP  has  no  expected  rate  of  compensation  increase  as  all  participants  have  retired  or  have  a  terminated  vested 
benefit payable in the future.  Our U.K. pension plan is frozen so there is no expected rate of compensation increase; however, 
other non-U.S. plans’ expected rates of compensation increases were 1.00% to 8.00%.  The weighted average for all non-U.S. 
plans of 0.17% at December 31, 2020.  These estimated annual compensation increases are determined by management every 
year and are based on historical trends and market indices.

41

We have recorded the underfunded status of our defined benefit pension plans as a liability and the unrecognized prior service 
costs and actuarial gains (losses) as an adjustment to Stockholders’ equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The net decrease 
in the liability and increased funded status of $0.9 million was due primarily to gains incurred on our pension assets partially 
offset by changes in assumptions from the previous year, primarily decreases in discount rates.

Actual  results  in  any  given  year  will  often  differ  from  actuarial  assumptions  because  of  demographic,  economic  and  other 
factors.    Market  value  of  plan  assets  can  change  significantly  in  a  relatively  short  period  of  time.    Additionally,  the 
measurement of plan benefit obligations is sensitive to changes in interest rates.  As a result, if the equity market declines and/or 
interest rates decrease, the plans’ estimated benefit obligations could increase, causing an increase in liabilities and a reduction 
in Stockholders’ Equity.

We  expect  any  future  obligations  under  our  plans  that  are  not  currently  funded  will  be  funded  from  future  cash  flows  from 
operations.    If  our  contributions  are  insufficient  to  adequately  fund  the  plans  to  cover  our  future  obligations,  or  if  the 
performance of assets in our plans does not meet expectations, or if our assumptions are modified, contributions could be higher 
than  expected,  which  would  reduce  cash  available  for  our  business.    Changes  in  U.S.  or  foreign  laws  governing  these  plans 
could require additional contributions.

Assumptions  used  in  computing  our  net  pension  expense  and  projected  benefit  obligation  have  a  significant  effect  on  the 
amounts  reported.    A  25  basis  point  change  in  each  assumption  below  would  have  the  following  effects  upon  net  pension 
expense and projected benefit obligation, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020:

($ amounts in millions)

Increase

Decrease

Discount Rate

Expected long-
term rate of return

Discount Rate

Expected long-
term rate of return

U. S. Plan:

Net pension expense

Projected benefit obligation

Non-U.S. Plans:

Net pension expense

Projected benefit obligation

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

(1.2) 

0.4 

(6.5) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

(0.3) 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

1.3 

(0.5) 

$ 

7.0 

— 

—

0.2 

—

Income Taxes – We estimate income taxes based on enacted tax laws in the various jurisdictions where we conduct business.  
We recognize deferred income tax assets and liabilities, which represent future tax benefits or obligations of our legal entities.  
These deferred income tax balances arise from temporary differences due to divergent treatment of certain items for accounting 
and income tax purposes.

We evaluate our deferred tax assets each period to ensure that estimated future taxable income will be sufficient in character, 
amount and timing to result in the use of our deferred tax assets.  “Character” refers to the type (ordinary income versus capital 
gain) as well as the source (foreign vs. domestic) of the income we generate.  “Timing” refers to the period in which future 
income is expected to be generated.  Timing is important because, in certain jurisdictions, net operating losses (“NOLs”) and 
other  tax  attributes  expire  if  not  used  within  an  established  statutory  time  frame.    Based  on  these  evaluations,  we  have 
determined that it is more likely than not that expected future earnings will be sufficient to use most of our deferred tax assets.

We do not provide for income taxes or tax benefits on differences between financial reporting basis and tax basis of our non-
U.S.  subsidiaries  where  such  differences  are  reinvested  and,  in  our  opinion,  will  continue  to  be  indefinitely  reinvested.    If 
earnings of foreign subsidiaries are not considered indefinitely reinvested, deferred U.S. income taxes, foreign income taxes, 
and foreign withholding taxes may have to be provided.  We do not record deferred income taxes on the temporary difference 
between the book and tax basis in domestic subsidiaries where permissible.  At this time, determination of the unrecognized 
deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries is not practicable. 

Judgments and estimates are required to determine tax expense and deferred tax valuation allowances and in assessing uncertain 
tax positions.  Tax returns are subject to audit and local taxing authorities could challenge tax-filing positions we take.  Our 
practice is to file income tax returns that conform to requirements of each jurisdiction and to record provisions for tax liabilities, 
including interest and penalties, in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.”  Given the continued changes and complexity in 
worldwide  tax  laws,  coupled  with  our  geographic  scope  and  size  there  may  be  greater  exposure  to  uncertain  tax  positions.  
Given the subjective nature of applicable tax laws, results of an audit of some of our tax returns could have a significant impact 
on our financial statements.

42

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Please  refer  to  Note  A  –  “Basis  of  Presentation”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  summary  of 
recently issued accounting standards.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We are focused on generating cash and maintaining liquidity (cash and availability under our revolving line of credit) for the 
efficient operation of our business.  At December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $670.1 million and undrawn 
availability  under  our  revolving  line  of  credit  of  $600  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  our  available 
liquidity was stable year-over-year at approximately $1.1 billion primarily due to approximately $130 million of cash provided 
from  disciplined  working  capital  management  which  was  offset  by  a  minimum  liquidity  requirement  of  $150  million  at 
December 31, 2020.

Our main sources of funding are cash generated from operations, including cash generated from the sale of receivables, loans 
from our bank credit facilities and funds raised in capital markets.  We have no significant debt maturities until 2023 and we 
have increased our focus on internal cash flow generation.  Our actions to maintain liquidity in 2020 included reducing costs 
and  working  capital,  delaying  certain  capital  spending  projects  and  the  suspension  of  our  share  repurchase  program  and 
dividend  payments.    We  also  amended  our  revolving  credit  facility  in  April  2020  to  provide  us  with  additional  flexibility  to 
manage  the  Company.    These  measures,  in  conjunction  with  our  expectation  to  generate  approximately  $100  million  of  free 
cash flow in 2021, will provide us with adequate liquidity to comply with our financial covenants under our bank credit facility, 
continue to support internal operating initiatives and meet our operating and debt service requirements for at least the next 12 
months.  See Part II, Item 1A. – “Risk Factors” for a detailed description of the risks resulting from our debt and our ability to 
generate sufficient cash flow to operate our business.

Our ability to generate cash from operations is subject to numerous factors, including the following:

•
•

The duration and depth of the global economic uncertainty resulting from COVID-19.

•
• Many  of  our  customers  fund  their  purchases  through  third-party  finance  companies  that  extend  credit  based  on  the 
credit-worthiness  of  customers  and  expected  residual  value  of  our  equipment.    Changes  either  in  customers’  credit 
profile  or  used  equipment  values  may  affect  the  ability  of  customers  to  purchase  equipment.    There  can  be  no 
assurance that third-party finance companies will continue to extend credit to our customers as they have in the past.
As our sales change, the amount of working capital needed to support our business may change.
Our  suppliers  extend  payment  terms  to  us  primarily  based  on  our  overall  credit  rating.    Deterioration  in  our  credit 
rating may influence suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and in turn accelerate cash requirements of our business.
Sales  of  our  products  are  subject  to  general  economic  conditions,  weather,  competition,  translation  effect  of  foreign 
currency  exchange  rate  changes,  and  other  factors  that  in  many  cases  are  outside  our  direct  control.    For  example, 
during  periods  of  economic  uncertainty,  our  customers  have  delayed  purchasing  decisions,  which  reduces  cash 
generated from operations.
Availability and utilization of other sources of liquidity such as trade receivables sales programs.

•

•

Typically,  we  have  invested  our  cash  in  a  combination  of  highly  rated,  liquid  money  market  funds  and  in  short-term  bank 
deposits with large, highly rated banks.  Our investment objective is to preserve capital and liquidity while earning a market rate 
of interest.

We seek to use cash held by our foreign subsidiaries to support our operations and continued growth plans outside and inside 
the U.S. through funding of capital expenditures, operating expenses or other similar cash needs of these operations.  Most of 
this cash could be used in the U.S., if necessary, without additional tax cost.  Incremental cash repatriated to the U.S. would not 
be expected to result in material foreign and state tax cost.  We will continue to seek opportunities to tax-efficiently mobilize 
and redeploy funds.

43

We had free cash flow of $141.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following table reconciles Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to free cash flow (in millions):

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

$ 

Increase (decrease) in TFS assets
Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from sale of capital assets (1)

Year Ended 
12/31/2020

225.4 

(40.1) 

(44.0) 

Free cash flow $ 
(1) Includes $17.8 million of proceeds from sale of capital assets within Proceeds (payments) from disposition of discontinued operations in 
the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2020.

141.3 

Pursuant  to  terms  of  our  trade  accounts  receivable  factoring  arrangements,  we  sold,  without  recourse,  approximately  $406 
million  and  $1,108  million  of  trade  accounts  receivable  to  enhance  liquidity  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and 
2019, respectively.  We also sold approximately $80 million and $226 million of sales-type leases and commercial loans during 
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Receivable and financial asset sales were down 64% from the prior 
year  period  as  we  maintained  strong  liquidity  levels  throughout  2020  resulting  in  lower  reliance  on  low-cost  funding 
arrangements.

Working  capital  as  a  percent  of  trailing  three  month  annualized  net  sales  was  19.2%  at  December  31,  2020  which  is  an 
improvement over the prior year.

The following tables show the calculation of our working capital in continuing operations and trailing three months annualized 
sales as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

Net Sales

Trailing Three Month Annualized Net Sales

Inventories
Trade Receivables
Trade Accounts Payable
Customer Advances
Working Capital

Three 
months 
ended 
12/31/2020
$ 
x  

786.7 
4 
$  3,146.8 

As of 
12/31/20

$ 

$ 

610.4 
381.2 
(369.9) 
(17.8) 
603.9 

44

 
 
 
 
 
On  January  31,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  (as  amended,  the  “2017  Credit  Agreement”).    The  2017  Credit 
Agreement contains a $400 million senior secured term loan (the “Original Term Loan”).  The Original Term Loan portion of 
the 2017 Credit Agreement bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.00% with a 0.75% LIBOR floor.  On March 7, 2019, we 
entered  into  an  Incremental  Assumption  Agreement  and  Amendment  No.  3  (“Amendment  No.  3”)  to  the  2017  Credit 
Agreement.    Amendment  No.  3  provided  us  with  an  additional  term  loan  (the  “2019  Term  Loan”)  under  the  2017  Credit 
Agreement in the amount of $200 million.  The 2019 Term Loan portion of the 2017 Credit Agreement bears interest at a rate 
of LIBOR plus 2.75% with a 0.75% LIBOR floor (the Original Term Loan together with 2019 Term Loan comprise the “Term 
Loans” portion of the 2017 Credit Agreement).  Net proceeds from the 2019 Term Loan were used to reduce borrowings under 
the  revolving  line  of  credit.    On  April  23,  2020,  we  entered  into  a  Loan  Modification  Agreement  and  Amendment  No.  4 
(“Amendment No. 4”) to the 2017 Credit Agreement.  The 2017 Credit Agreement contains a $600 million revolving line of 
credit (the “Revolver”).  The 2017 Credit Agreement allows unlimited incremental commitments, which may be extended at the 
option  of  existing  or  new  lenders  and  can  be  in  the  form  of  revolving  credit  commitments,  term  loan  commitments,  or  a 
combination of both, with incremental amounts in excess of $150 million through 2021 ($300 million thereafter) requiring the 
Company to satisfy a senior secured leverage ratio contained in the 2017 Credit Agreement.  Interest rates charged under the 
Revolver in the 2017 Credit Agreement are subject to adjustment based on our consolidated leverage ratio.  Amendment No. 4 
extended  the  term  of  the  Revolver  to  expire  on  January  31,  2023.    As  a  result  of  Amendment  No.  4,  during  2021,  we  also 
obtained financial covenant relief for 2020 and 2021.  See Note K - “Long-Term Obligations,” in our Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information concerning the 2017 Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 4.

Borrowings  under  the  2017  Credit  Agreement  as  of  December  31,  2020  were  $579.9  million,  net  of  discount,  on  our  Term 
Loans.    At  December  31,  2020,  the  weighted  average  interest  rate  was  3.00%  on  our  Term  Loans.    There  were  no  amounts 
outstanding on our revolving line of credit as of December 31, 2020.  In February 2021, we initiated our option to prepay the 
2019  Term  Loan  under  the  2017  Credit  Agreement  prior  to  its  maturity  date  to  reduce  our  outstanding  debt  and  lower  our 
leverage.

We  manage  our  interest  rate  risk  by  maintaining  the  ratio  of  fixed  and  floating  rate  debt,  including  use  of  interest  rate 
derivatives when appropriate.  Over the long term, we believe this mix will produce lower interest cost than a purely fixed rate 
mix while reducing interest rate risk.

Our  investment  in  TFS  financial  services  assets  was  approximately  $114  million,  net  at  December  31,  2020.    We  remain 
focused on expanding financing solutions in key markets like the U.S., Europe and China.  We also anticipate our continued use 
of TFS to drive incremental sales by increasing customer financing facilitated through TFS in certain instances.  In February 
2021, we transferred finance receivables of $89.9 million to TCF National Bank, which qualified for sales treatment under ASC 
860.  We received $99.4 million cash proceeds from the sale and recognized a net gain of $7.4 million.

In July 2018, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $300 million of our outstanding shares of 
common  stock.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  we  repurchased  2.5  million  shares  for  $54.6  million  under  this 
authorization leaving approximately $141 million available for repurchase under this program.  In the first quarter of 2020, our 
Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per share, which was paid to our shareholders.  In April 2020, we announced 
that  we  had  suspended  further  share  repurchases  and  dividend  payments  for  the  remainder  of  2020.    In  February  2021,  our 
Board of Directors reinstated our quarterly dividend for 2021 and declared a dividend of $0.12 per share which will be paid on 
March 19, 2021.

Our ability to access capital markets to raise funds, through sale of equity or debt securities, is subject to various factors, some 
specific to us and others related to general economic and/or financial market conditions.  These include results of operations, 
projected operating results for future periods and debt to equity leverage.  Our ability to access capital markets is also subject to 
our  timely  filing  of  periodic  reports  with  the  SEC.    In  addition,  terms  of  our  bank  credit  facilities,  senior  notes  and  senior 
subordinated notes contain restrictions on our ability to make further borrowings and to sell substantial portions of our assets.

Cash Flows

Cash  provided  by  operations  was  $225.4  million  and  $173.4  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.  The increase in cash provided by operations was primarily driven by improved working capital efficiency, offset 
by decreased operating profitability.

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $38.5 million, compared to $103.8 million of cash 
provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019.  Cash used in investing activities in the current period 
relates primarily to capital expenditures. Cash provided by investing activities in the prior period was primarily due to proceeds 
received from the disposition of Demag and ASV shares, partially offset by capital expenditures.

45

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $82.8  million  and  $103.7  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.    The decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to higher net debt repayments and dividend 
payments in the prior year, partially offset by higher share repurchases in the current year.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets out our specified contractual obligations at December 31, 2020 (in millions):

Total

< 1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

> 5 years

Payments due by period

Long-term debt obligations

$ 

1,372.6 

$ 

57.2 

$ 

113.8 

$ 

1,201.6 

$ 

Finance lease obligations

Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations (1)
Total

5.1 

123.6 

498.0 

1.8 

30.9 

497.2 

2.7 

50.2 

0.8 

0.6 

28.4 

— 

$ 

1,999.3 

$ 

587.1 

$ 

167.5 

$ 

1,230.6 

$ 

— 

— 

14.1 

— 

14.1 

(1) Purchase  obligations  include  non-cancellable  and  cancellable  commitments.    In  many  cases,  cancellable  commitments  contain  penalty 

provisions for cancellation.

Long-term  debt  obligations  include  expected  interest  expense.    Interest  expense  is  calculated  using  fixed  interest  rates  for 
indebtedness that has fixed rates and the implied forward rates for term loan indebtedness as of December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, our liability for uncertain income tax positions was $3.6 million.  The amount of reasonably possible 
payments in 2021 related to our tax audits worldwide is not significant.  Payments may be made in part to mitigate the accrual 
of interest in connection with income tax audit assessments that may be issued and that we would contest, or may in part be 
made to settle the matter with tax authorities.  Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future 
cash flows associated with remaining liabilities, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the amount and period in which 
these remaining liabilities might be paid.

Additionally,  at  December  31,  2020,  we  had  outstanding  letters  of  credit  that  totaled  $82.5  million  and  had  issued  $143.8 
million in credit guarantees of customer financing to purchase equipment.

We maintain defined benefit pension plans for some of our operations in the United States and Europe.  It is our policy to fund 
the  retirement  plans  at  the  minimum  level  required  by  applicable  regulations.    In  2020,  we  made  cash  contributions  and 
payments to the retirement plans of $9.7 million, and we estimate that our retirement plan contributions will be approximately 
$9.4 million in 2021.  Changes in market conditions, changes in our funding levels or actions by governmental agencies may 
result in accelerated funding requirements in future periods.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

Our  customers,  from  time  to  time,  fund  the  acquisition  of  our  equipment  through  third-party  finance  companies.    In  certain 
instances,  we  may  provide  a  credit  guarantee  to  the  finance  company  by  which  we  agree  to  make  payments  to  the  finance 
company should the customer default.  Our maximum liability is generally limited to our customer’s remaining payments due to 
the finance company at the time of default.  In the event of a customer default, we are generally able to recover and dispose of 
the equipment at a minimal loss, if any, to us.

We issue, from time to time, residual value guarantees under sales-type leases.  A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee 
that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if certain conditions are met by the customer.  
We are generally able to mitigate some risk associated with these guarantees because maturity of guarantees is staggered, which 
limits the amount of used equipment entering the marketplace at any one time.

There can be no assurance our historical experience in used equipment markets will be indicative of future results.  Our ability 
to recover losses from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in used equipment markets at the time of loss.

See  Note  O  –  “Litigation  and  Contingencies”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  information 
regarding our guarantees.

CONTINGENCIES AND UNCERTAINTIES

Foreign Exchange and Interest Rate Risk

Our  products  are  sold  in  over  100  countries  around  the  world  and,  accordingly,  our  revenues  are  generated  in  foreign 
currencies, while costs associated with those revenues are only partly incurred in the same currencies.  We purchase hedging 
instruments to manage variability of future cash flows associated with recognized assets or liabilities due to changing currency 
exchange  rates.    Primary  currencies  to  which  we  are  exposed  are  the  Euro,  British  Pound  and  Australian  Dollar.    See  Risk 
Factor entitled, “We are subject to currency fluctuations.” in Part I, Item 1A. for further information on our foreign exchange 
risk.

We  manage  exposure  to  interest  rates  by  incurring  a  mix  of  indebtedness  bearing  interest  at  both  floating  and  fixed  rates  at 
inception and maintaining the ratio of floating and fixed rates on this mix of indebtedness using interest rate derivatives when 
necessary.

See  Note  J  –  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  information 
about  our  derivatives  and  Item  7A.  –  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  About  Market  Risk”  for  a  discussion  of  the 
impact changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates may have on our financial performance.

Other

We are subject to a number of contingencies and uncertainties including, without limitation, product liability claims, workers’ 
compensation  liability,  intellectual  property  litigation,  self-insurance  obligations,  tax  examinations,  guarantees,  class  action 
lawsuits and other matters.  See Note O – “Litigation and Contingencies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for 
more information concerning contingencies and uncertainties, including our proceedings involving a claim in Brazil regarding 
payment  of  ICMS  tax,  penalties  and  related  interest.    We  are  insured  for  product  liability,  general  liability,  workers’ 
compensation, employer’s liability, property damage, intellectual property and other insurable risks required by law or contract 
with retained liability to us or deductibles.  Many of the exposures are unasserted or proceedings are at a preliminary stage, and 
it is not presently possible to estimate the amount or timing of any liability.  However, we do not believe these contingencies 
and  uncertainties  will,  individually  or  in  aggregate,  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations.    For  contingencies  and 
uncertainties other than income taxes, when it is probable a loss will be incurred and possible to make reasonable estimates of 
our liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or for the minimum amount of 
a range of estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur.

See  Part  I,  Item  1.  –  “Business  –  Safety  and  Environmental  Considerations”  for  additional  discussion  of  safety  and 
environmental items.

47

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  certain  market  risks  that  exist  as  part  of  our  ongoing  business  operations  and  we  use  derivative  financial 
instruments,  where  appropriate,  to  manage  these  risks.    As  a  matter  of  policy,  we  do  not  engage  in  trading  or  speculative 
transactions.    For  further  information  on  accounting  related  to  derivative  financial  instruments,  refer  to  Note  J  –  “Derivative 
Financial Instruments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our products are sold in over 100 countries around the world.  The reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements 
is  the  U.S.  dollar.    Certain  of  our  assets,  liabilities,  expenses,  revenues  and  earnings  are  denominated  in  other  countries’ 
currencies, including the Euro, British Pound and Australian dollar.  Those assets, liabilities, expenses, revenues and earnings 
are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  the  applicable  foreign  exchange  rates  to  prepare  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  
Therefore, increases or decreases in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and those other currencies affect the value 
of  those  items  as  reflected  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  even  if  their  value  remains  unchanged  in  their  original 
currency.  Due to continued volatility of foreign exchange rates to the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may 
have an impact on the accuracy of our financial guidance.  Such fluctuations in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar 
may cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in our guidance and have a material adverse effect on 
our business or results of operations.  We note that departure of the U.K. from the E.U. may negatively impact the value of the 
British Pound as compared to the U.S. dollar and other currencies.  We assess foreign currency risk based on transactional cash 
flows, identify naturally offsetting positions and purchase hedging instruments to partially offset anticipated exposures.

At  December  31,  2020,  we  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  on  the  impact  that  aggregate  changes  in  the  translation  effect  of 
foreign exchange rate changes would have on our operating income.  Based on this sensitivity analysis, we have determined 
that a change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies by 10% to amounts already incorporated in the financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have had approximately a $19 million impact on the translation effect 
of foreign exchange rate changes already included in our reported operating income for the period.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable rate 
debt.  Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate and LIBOR.  We manage interest rate risk by establishing a 
mix of indebtedness bearing interest at both floating and fixed rates at inception and maintain a ratio of floating and fixed rates 
on this mix of indebtedness using interest rate derivatives when necessary.  At December 31, 2020, approximately 24% of our 
debt was floating rate debt and the weighted average interest rate for all debt was 4.28%.

At December 31, 2020, we performed a sensitivity analysis for our derivatives and other financial instruments that have interest 
rate risk.  We calculated the pretax earnings effect on our interest sensitive instruments.  Based on this sensitivity analysis, we 
have  determined  that  an  increase  of  10%  in  our  average  floating  interest  rates  at  December  31,  2020  would  have  increased 
interest expense by approximately $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Commodities Risk

In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available 
from multiple suppliers.  However, certain of our businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, 
although alternative suppliers of such materials may be generally available.  Delays in our suppliers’ abilities, especially any 
sole  suppliers  for  a  particular  business,  to  provide  us  with  necessary  materials  and  components  may  delay  production  at  a 
number of our manufacturing locations, or may require us to seek alternative supply sources.  Delays in obtaining supplies may 
result from a number of factors affecting our suppliers, including capacity constraints, regulatory changes, freight and container 
availability,  labor  disputes,  suppliers’  impaired  financial  condition,  suppliers’  allocations  to  other  purchasers,  weather 
emergencies,  pandemics  or  acts  of  war  or  terrorism.    Any  delay  in  receiving  supplies  could  impair  our  ability  to  deliver 
products  to  our  customers  and,  accordingly,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial  condition.    Current  and  potential  suppliers  are  evaluated  regularly  on  their  ability  to  meet  our  requirements  and 
standards.    We  actively  manage  our  material  supply  sourcing,  and  employ  various  methods  to  limit  risk  associated  with 
commodity cost fluctuations and availability.  We design and implement plans to mitigate the impact of these risks by using 
alternate suppliers, expanding our supply base globally, leveraging our overall purchasing volumes to obtain favorable pricing 
and  quantities,  developing  a  closer  working  relationship  with  key  suppliers  and  purchasing  hedging  instruments  to  partially 
offset anticipated exposures.  One key element of our strategy is to focus on strategic sourcing to gain efficiencies using our 
global purchasing power.

48

Principal  materials  and  components  used  in  our  various  manufacturing  processes  include  steel,  castings,  engines,  tires, 
hydraulics,  cylinders,  drive  trains,  electric  controls  and  motors,  and  a  variety  of  other  commodities  and  fabricated  or 
manufactured items.  While material input costs were generally stable in 2020, steel prices increased considerably beginning in 
the fourth quarter of 2020, putting pressure on input costs in 2021.  Section 301 tariffs on certain Chinese origin goods continue 
to  put  pressure  on  input  costs.    While  we  have  been  able  to  mitigate  a  portion  of  the  effects  of  tariffs  through  the  U.S. 
government’s duty draw back mechanism and from tariff exclusions, nearly all tariff exclusions have expired and there is no 
indication  that  expired  tariff  exclusions  will  be  reinstated.    Increases  in  the  cost  of  these  materials  and  components  and  the 
elimination of tariff exclusions has an adverse impact on our material costs and may affect our financial performance.  If we are 
unable  to  recover  a  substantial  portion  of  increased  raw  material  or  component  costs  through  duty  draw-back  or  from  our 
customers and suppliers this could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.  We will continue to monitor 
international trade policy and will make adjustments to our supply base where possible to mitigate the impact on our costs.  For 
more information on commodities risk, see Part I, Item 1A. – Risk Factors.

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The  report  of  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Financial 
Statement Schedule are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included later in this report.  See Index to Consolidated Financial 
Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1.

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

49

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure information required to be disclosed in reports we 
file  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”)  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and 
reported within time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and such information is accumulated and communicated to 
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure.  In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K, our management carried out an evaluation, under supervision and with participation of our management, including the CEO 
and CFO, as of December 31, 2020, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, 
as  such  term  is  defined  under  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act.    Based  upon  this  evaluation,  our  CEO  and  CFO 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, 
as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  Our internal control over financial reporting 
is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial  statements  for  external  reporting  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that:  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in 
reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  provide  reasonable  assurance 
transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles,  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our 
management  and  directors;  and  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.  Because of its inherent 
limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2020.  In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria 
in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  the  Company’s  management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2020,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31, 
2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Effectiveness  of  any  system  of  controls  and  procedures  is  subject  to  certain  limitations,  and,  as  a  result,  there  can  be  no 
assurance  our  controls  and  procedures  will  detect  all  errors  or  fraud.    A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that objectives of the control system will be attained.

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

50

PART III

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Terex  Corporation  Proxy  Statement  to  be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  covered  by  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Terex  Corporation  Proxy  Statement  to  be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  covered  by  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020:

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

Total

Number of securities to be 
issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights
     __ (1)

—

—

Weighted average exercise 
price of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

Number of securities 
remaining available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 

$—

—

1,278,628

—

1,278,628

(1) This does not include 2,391,325 shares of restricted stock awards and 706,873 shares held in a rabbi trust for a deferred compensation plan.

The other information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Terex  Corporation  Proxy  Statement  to  be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  covered  by  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  Item  14  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  definitive  Terex  Corporation  Proxy  Statement  to  be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  covered  by  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) and (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule” on Page F-1.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits set forth below are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

Exhibit 
No.
2.1

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.1

10.2

10.3

Exhibit

Asset  and  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  22,  2019  by  and  between  Terex  Corporation  and 
Tadano  Ltd.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current  Report,  Commission  File  No. 
1-10702, dated February 22, 2019 and filed with the Commission February 27, 2019).

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 
S-1 Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 33-52297).

Certificate of Elimination with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of 
the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Terex  Corporation  dated  September  5,  1998 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.3  of  the  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1998  of  Terex 
Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).

Certificate  of  Amendment  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Terex  Corporation  dated  July  17,  2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated 
July 17, 2007 and filed with the Commission on July 17, 2007).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 8-K 
Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 15, 2015 and filed with the Commission on October 
19, 2015).

Indenture,  dated  July  20,  2007,  between  Terex  Corporation  and  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National  Association,  as 
Trustee,  relating  to  senior  debt  securities  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of  the  Form  S-3  Registration 
Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 333-144796).

Indenture,  dated  July  20,  2007,  between  Terex  Corporation  and  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National  Association,  as 
Trustee,  relating  to  subordinated  debt  securities  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  the  Form  S-3 
Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 333-144796).

Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, among Terex Corporation, the Guarantors and HSBC Bank USA, National 
Association as Trustee relating to 5.625% Senior Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 
Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated January 31, 2017 and filed with the Commission 
on February 2, 2017).

Description of Capital Stock. *

Terex  Corporation  Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current  Report,  Commission  File  No.  1-10702,  dated  May  11,  2017  and  filed  with  the 
Commission on May 15, 2017). ***

Terex Corporation Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.10 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 
1-10702). ***

Terex  Corporation  Amended  and  Restated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.11 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). 
***

52

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

Amendment  to  the  Terex  Corporation  Amended  and  Restated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 14, 2008 
and filed with the Commission on October 17, 2008). ***

Terex  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  8-K 
Current  Report,  Commission  File  No.  1-10702,  dated  May  9,  2013  and  filed  with  the  Commission  on  May,  14, 
2013). ***

Terex Corporation Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated May 9, 2013 and filed with the Commission 
on May, 14, 2013). ***

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (time based granted prior to 2017) under the Terex Corporation Amended and 
Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2009 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011). ***

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (performance  based  granted  prior  to  2017)  under  the  Terex  Corporation 
Amended  and  Restated  2009  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  between  Terex  Corporation  and  participants  of  the  2009 
Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011).***

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (time  based  granted  2017)  under  the  Terex  Corporation  Amended  and 
Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2009 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 of Terex 
Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). ***

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (performance  based  granted  2017)  under  the  Terex  Corporation  Amended 
and  Restated  2009  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  between  Terex  Corporation  and  participants  of  the  2009  Omnibus 
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 
of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). ***

Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2017, among Terex Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, the Lenders 
and  Issuing  Banks  named  therein  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  Cayman  Islands  Branch,  as  Administrative  Agent  and 
Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 
1-10702, dated January 31, 2017 and filed with the Commission February 2, 2017).

Guarantee  and  Collateral  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  31,  2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries,  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  Cayman  Islands  Branch,  as  Collateral  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  Current  Report,  Commission  File  No.  1-10702,  dated  January  31,  2017  and  filed 
with the Commission February 2, 2017).

Supplement No. 1 dated as of April 6, 2017 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of January 31, 
2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  Cayman  Islands  Branch,  as 
Collateral Agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 
2017 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).

Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 17, 2017, to the Credit Agreement 
dated  as  of  January  31,  2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  the  Lenders  named  therein  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  as 
Administrative  Agent  and  Collateral  Agent.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current 
Report, Commission File No. 1-10702 dated August 17, 2017 and filed with the Commission on August 17, 2017).

Employment  Letter  from  Terex  Corporation  signed  by  John  Garrison  on  October  15,  2015  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 15, 2015 
and filed with the Commission on October 19, 2015). ***

Employment  Letter  from  Terex  Corporation  signed  by  John  Sheehan  on  February  5,  2017  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). ***

Incremental  Assumption  Agreement  and  Amendment  No.  2  dated  as  of  February  28,  2018,  to  the  Credit 
Agreement dated as of January 31, 2017, among Terex Corporation, the Lenders named therein and Credit Suisse 
AG,  as  Administrative  Agent  and  Collateral  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K 
Current  Report,  Commission  File  No.  1-10702,  dated  February  28,  2018  and  filed  with  the  Commission  on 
February, 28, 2018).

53

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32

Incremental Revolving Credit Assumption Agreement dated as of April 10, 2018, to the Credit Agreement dated as 
of  January  31,  2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  the  Lenders  named  therein  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  as 
Administrative  Agent  and  Collateral  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current 
Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated April 10, 2018 and filed with the Commission on April, 10, 2018).

Terex Corporation 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the DEFA 14A of 
Terex Corporation filed with the Commission on April 9, 2018).***

Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 3 dated as of March 7, 2019, to the Credit Agreement 
dated  as  of  January  31,  2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  the  Lenders  named  therein  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  as 
Administrative  Agent  and  Collateral  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current 
Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated March 7, 2019 and filed with the Commission March 7, 2019).

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (time  based  granted  2019)  under  the  Terex  Corporation  2018  Omnibus 
Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2019  of  Terex  Corporation, 
Commission File No. 1-10702).***

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (performance  based  granted  2019)  under  the  Terex  Corporation  2018 
Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  between  Terex  Corporation  and  participants  of  the  2018  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2019  of  Terex 
Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).***

Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between Terex Corporation and certain executive officers  
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2019  of  Terex 
Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).***

Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between Terex Corporation and certain executive officers 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2019  of  Terex 
Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702).***

Loan Modification Agreement and Amendment No. 4 dated as of April 23, 2020, to the Credit Agreement dated as 
of  January  31,  2017,  among  Terex  Corporation,  the  Lenders  named  therein  and  Credit  Suisse  AG,  as 
Administrative  Agent  and  Collateral  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Form  8-K  Current 
Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated April 23, 2020 and filed with the Commission on April 24, 2020).

Subsidiaries of Terex Corporation.*

Consent  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  Stamford, 
Connecticut.*

Power of Attorney.*

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). *

Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). *

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. **

101.INS XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL 

tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. *

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. *

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. *

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. *

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. *

54

104

*
**
***

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

Exhibit filed with this document.
Exhibit furnished with this document.
Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

ITEM 16. 

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

55

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

TEREX CORPORATION

By:

/s/ John L. Garrison, Jr.

February 12, 2021

John L. Garrison, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NAME

/s/ John L. Garrison, Jr
John L. Garrison, Jr.

/s/ John D. Sheehan
John D. Sheehan

TITLE

Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Stephen A. Johnston
Stephen A. Johnston

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

DATE

February 12, 2021

February 12, 2021

February 12, 2021

*/s/ Paula H. J. Cholmondeley
Paula H. J. Cholmondeley

*/s/ Don DeFosset
Don DeFosset

*/s/ Thomas J. Hansen
Thomas J. Hansen

*/s/ Sandie O’Connor
Sandie O’Connor

*/s/ Christopher Rossi
Christopher Rossi

*/s/ Andra M. Rush
Andra M. Rush

*/s/ David A. Sachs
David A. Sachs

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Lead Director

*By  /s/ John D. Sheehan

John D. Sheehan, as Attorney-in-Fact

February 12, 2021

56

THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK

NEXT PAGE IS NUMBERED “F-1”

57

TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

TEREX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019 
AND FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS
IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

Page

F-2
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9

F-48

All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(“SEC”) are not required under the related instructions, or are not applicable, and therefore have been omitted.

F-1

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of Terex Corporation

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Terex Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December  31,  2020  and  2019,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income  (loss),  of  comprehensive  income  (loss),  of 
changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the 
related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index for each of the three years in the period ended 
December  31,  2020  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).    We  also  have  audited  the  Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years 
in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2020  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases 
in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in 
Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.    Our  responsibility  is  to 
express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of 
the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such 
procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  Our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  
Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.    Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i)  relates  to  accounts  or 
disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or 
complex  judgments.    The  communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Income Taxes

As described in Note C to the consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates income taxes based on enacted tax laws in 
the  various  jurisdictions  where  it  conducts  business.    The  Company  recorded  a  provision  for  income  taxes  on  continuing 
operations of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.  Additionally, the Company reported deferred tax assets, net of 
deferred tax liabilities, for continuing operations of $249.0 million, before valuation allowances of $112.1 million, and a liability 
of  $18.5  million  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  as  of  December  31,  2020.    As  disclosed  by  management,  judgments  and 
estimates  are  required  by  management  to  determine  income  tax  expense,  including  evaluating  (i)  estimates  of  future  taxable 
income  used  in  evaluating  the  net  realizable  value  of  its  deferred  tax  assets,  and  (ii)  complexities  in  worldwide  tax  laws  to 
determine exposure to uncertain tax positions.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to income taxes is a critical audit matter are 
the significant judgment by management when determining the income tax expense; this in turn led to a high degree of auditor 
judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating audit evidence relating to income taxes, specifically 
(i) management’s significant assumptions related to estimates of future taxable income, which is used in the evaluation of deferred 
tax assets, and (ii) management’s assessment of uncertain tax positions, which includes evaluation of complexities in worldwide 
tax laws.  In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our  overall 
opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.    These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to 
income taxes, including controls over the valuation of deferred tax assets and the completeness of uncertain tax positions.  These 
procedures  also  included,  among  others  (i)  testing  the  income  tax  provision,  including  evaluating  the  effective  tax  rate 
reconciliation and the completeness and accuracy of permanent and temporary tax differences, (ii) evaluating the completeness of 
management’s assessment of the identification of reserves for uncertain tax positions, including consideration of court decisions, 
legislative actions and guidance and tax audits, and (iii) evaluating management’s assessment of the realizability of deferred tax 
assets  on  a  jurisdictional  basis,  including  evaluating  the  assumptions  related  to  future  taxable  income  and  the  related  expected 
utilization of deferred tax assets.  Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the audit 
evidence obtained as it relates to management’s assessment of the identification of reserves for uncertain tax positions.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
February 12, 2021 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1992.

F-3

TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions, except per share data)

Net sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Other income (expense)

Interest income

Interest expense

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

Other income (expense) – net 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

Net income (loss)

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

Net income (loss)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

Year Ended 
December 31,

2020
3,076.4 

$ 

2019
4,353.1 

$ 

2018
4,517.2 

$ 

(2,537.1) 

(3,465.3) 

(3,555.3) 

539.3 

(470.9) 

68.4 

3.6 

(65.9) 

— 

4.9 

11.0 

(2.0) 

9.0 

(0.4) 

(19.2) 

887.8 

(552.8) 

335.0 

6.5 

(87.9) 

— 

(6.1) 

247.5 

(37.8) 

209.7 

(155.4) 

0.1 

$ 

(10.6)  $ 

54.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.13 

$ 

2.95 

$ 

(0.01) 

(0.27) 

(2.18) 

— 

(0.15)  $ 

0.77 

$ 

0.13 

$ 

2.92 

$ 

(0.01) 

(0.27) 

(2.16) 

— 

961.9 

(549.4) 

412.5 

8.7 

(72.8) 

(0.7) 

(60.6) 

287.1 

(45.4) 

241.7 

(130.4) 

2.4 

113.7 

3.21 

(1.73) 

0.03 

1.51 

3.14 

(1.69) 

0.03 

1.48 

75.4 

76.9 

Net income (loss)

$ 

(0.15)  $ 

0.76 

$ 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding in per share calculation

Basic

Diluted

69.6 

70.1 

71.1 

71.8 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions)

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of (provision for) benefit from taxes of 

$(3.0), $(3.9) and $0.0, respectively

Derivative hedging adjustment, net of (provision for) benefit from taxes of $1.6, 

$(1.6) and $1.7, respectively

Debt and equity securities adjustment, net of (provision for) benefit from taxes of 

$0.0, $0.0 and $0.0, respectively

Pension liability adjustment:

Net gain (loss), net of (provision for) benefit from taxes of  $1.7, $1.9 and $1.0, 

respectively

Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss, net of provision for (benefit from) taxes of 

$(0.4), $(0.6) and $(1.7), respectively

Settlement of U.S. defined benefit pension obligations, net of provision for 

(benefit from) taxes of $0.0, $0.0 and $(24.4), respectively

Divestiture of business, net of provision for (benefit from) taxes of $0.0, $(5.3) 

and $0.0, respectively

Foreign exchange and other effects, net of (provision for) benefit from taxes of 

$(0.6), $(0.7) and $0.2, respectively

Total pension liability adjustment

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

(10.6)  $ 

54.4 

$ 

113.7 

63.0 

17.4 

(80.9) 

(5.2) 

(1.4) 

3.6 

1.8 

(6.5) 

(0.9) 

(6.3) 

(7.8) 

(4.3) 

1.3 

— 

— 

(2.3) 

(7.3) 

49.1 

1.9 

— 

12.6 

(2.2) 

4.5 

27.3 

5.8 

42.6 

— 

1.5 

45.6 

(42.7) 

$ 

38.5 

$ 

81.7 

$ 

71.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(in millions, except par value)

Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables (net of allowance of $9.5 and $9.9 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment – net
Goodwill
Intangible assets – net
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt
Trade accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Accrued warranties and product liability
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Long-term debt, less current portion
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity

Common stock, $.01 par value – authorized 300.0 shares; issued 82.9 and 82.2 shares at 

December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Less cost of shares of common stock in treasury – 14.3 and 11.8 shares at December 31, 2020 and 

2019, respectively
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

665.0  $ 

535.1 

$ 

$ 

381.2 
610.4 
222.0 
1,878.6 

406.6 
275.4 
8.3 
462.9 
3,031.8  $ 

7.6  $ 

369.9 
85.8 
48.3 
211.7 
723.3 

1,166.2 
220.8 
2,110.3 

401.9 
847.7 
235.0 
2,019.7 

389.4 
269.9 
9.7 
506.9 
3,195.6 

6.9 
508.1 
100.3 
41.1 
216.0 
872.4 

1,168.8 
222.1 
2,263.3 

0.9 
837.9 
750.3 
(208.4)   

0.8 
824.4 
771.4 
(257.5) 

(459.2)   
921.5 
3,031.8  $ 

(406.8) 
932.3 
3,195.6 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Outstanding
Shares

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Common
Stock in
Treasury

Non-
controlling
Interest

Total

Balance at December 31, 2017

80.2 

$ 

1.3 

$  1,322.0  $  1,995.9  $ 

(239.5)  $  (1,857.7)  $ 

0.5  $  1,222.5 

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) – net of tax

Issuance of common stock

Compensation under stock-based plans – net

Dividends

Retirement of treasury stock

Acquisition of treasury stock

Other

Balance at December 31, 2018

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) – net of tax

Issuance of common stock

Compensation under stock-based plans – net

Dividends

Acquisition of treasury stock

Divestiture

Balance at December 31, 2019

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) – net of tax

Issuance of common stock

Compensation under stock-based plans – net

Dividends

Acquisition of treasury stock

Other

— 

— 

0.8 

0.1 
— 
— 

(11.5) 

— 

69.6 

— 

— 

0.9 

0.1 

— 

(0.2) 

— 

70.4 

— 

— 

0.7 

0.1 

— 

(2.6) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
(0.5) 

— 

— 

0.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.8 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

17.3 

6.3 

0.9 

113.7 

— 

— 

— 

(30.9) 

(549.2) 

(1,332.3) 

— 

— 

797.3 

— 

— 

27.8 

(1.3) 

0.6 

— 

— 

824.4 

— 

— 

29.0 

(15.7) 

0.2 

— 

— 

— 

2.6 

749.0 

54.4 

— 

— 

— 

(32.0) 

— 

— 

771.4 

(10.6) 

— 

— 

— 

(8.6) 

— 

(1.9) 

— 

(42.7) 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.7 
— 
1,882.0 

(427.8) 

(2.6) 

— 

(284.8) 

(401.8) 

— 

27.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2.7 

— 

(7.7) 

— 

(257.5) 

(406.8) 

— 

49.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.7 

— 

(56.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.5) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

113.7 

(42.7) 

17.3 

8.0 

(30.0) 

— 

(427.8) 

— 

861.0 

54.4 

27.3 

27.8 

1.4 

(31.4) 

(7.7) 

(0.5) 

932.3 

(10.6) 

49.1 

29.1 

(12.0) 

(8.4) 

(56.1) 

(1.9) 

Balance at December 31, 2020

68.6 

$ 

0.9 

$ 

837.9  $ 

750.3  $ 

(208.4)  $ 

(459.2)  $ 

—  $ 

921.5 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

Operating Activities
Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating 

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

(10.6)  $ 

54.4  $ 

113.7 

activities:
Depreciation and amortization
(Gain) loss on disposition of discontinued operations
Deferred taxes
Impairments
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Stock-based compensation expense
Pension plan settlements
Inventory and other non-cash charges

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures):

Trade receivables
Inventories
Trade accounts payable
Other assets and liabilities

Foreign exchange and other operating activities, net

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Investing Activities

Capital expenditures
Proceeds from sale of capital assets
Proceeds from disposition of investments
Proceeds (payments) from disposition of discontinued operations
Other investing activities, net

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Financing Activities

Repayments of debt
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Payment of debt extinguishment costs
Share repurchases
Dividends paid
Other financing activities, net

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

49.7 
19.2 
5.6 
5.5 
(0.4) 
— 
23.8 
— 
20.6 

16.1 
261.6 
(156.9) 
8.8 
(17.6) 
225.4 

(64.5) 
2.7 
7.5 
15.8 
— 
(38.5) 

(176.0) 
170.0 
— 
(56.0) 
(8.4) 
(12.4) 

(82.8) 

25.9 

130.0 

540.1 

49.6 
(0.1) 
(17.6) 
83.6 
(9.8) 
— 
43.1 
— 
47.6 

176.1 
20.3 
(220.1) 
(57.0) 
3.3 
173.4 

(108.9) 
4.3 
30.7 
177.7 
— 
103.8 

(1,660.5) 
1,616.6 
— 
(7.4) 
(31.4) 
(21.0) 

(103.7) 

(5.5) 

168.0 

372.1 

$ 

670.1  $ 

540.1  $ 

59.7 
(2.4) 
(9.1) 
9.0 
(1.9) 
0.7 
36.7 
67.8 
30.3 

(107.9) 
(284.2) 
213.2 
(25.1) 
(6.3) 
94.2 

(103.8) 
2.8 
19.3 
2.5 
(6.7) 
(85.9) 

(1,150.1) 
1,382.3 
(0.5) 
(427.5) 
(30.0) 
(19.1) 

(244.9) 

(21.4) 

(258.0) 

630.1 

372.1 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A – BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation.  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Terex 
Corporation,  its  majority-owned  subsidiaries  and  other  controlled  subsidiaries  (“Terex”  or  the  “Company”).    The  Company 
consolidates all majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries, applies equity method of accounting for investments in which the 
Company  is  able  to  exercise  significant  influence  and  applies  the  cost  method  for  all  other  investments.    All  intercompany 
balances, transactions and profits have been eliminated.  Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with 
the 2020 presentation.

As  further  described  in  Note  D  -  “Discontinued  Operations  and  Assets  and  Liabilities  Held  for  Sale”,  on  July  31,  2019,  the 
Company  completed  the  disposition  of  its  Demag®  mobile  cranes  business  (“Demag”)  to  Tadano  Ltd.  and  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries (“Tadano”).  During 2019, the Company also exited North American mobile crane product lines manufactured in 
its  Oklahoma  City  facility.    As  a  result,  the  Company  reported  these  operations,  formerly  part  of  the  Cranes  segment,  in 
discontinued  operations  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Income  (Loss)  for  all  periods  presented.    Residual  assets  and 
liabilities  are  recorded  within  Prepaid  and  other  current  assets,  Other  assets,  Other  current  liabilities  and  Other  non-current 
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  Other operations formerly part of 
the  Cranes  segment  were  reorganized  to  align  with  the  Company’s  new  management  and  reporting  structure.    The  utilities 
business has been consolidated within Aerial Work Platforms (“AWP”) and the pick and carry, rough terrain and tower cranes 
businesses  have  been  consolidated  within  Materials  Processing  (“MP”).    The  Company  reports  its  business  in  the  following 
segments: (i) AWP and (ii) MP.  See Note B - “Business Segment Information” and Note D - “Discontinued Operations and 
Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale” for further information.

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. 
GAAP”)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 
less.  Carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates its fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents include $5.0 million 
and $4.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were not immediately available for use.  These consist 
primarily of cash balances held in escrow to secure various obligations of the Company.

Inventories.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value (“NRV”).  Cost is determined by the average cost 
and  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  methods  (approximately  10%  and  90%,  respectively).    In  valuing  inventory,  the  Company  is 
required  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the  level  of  reserves  required  to  value  potentially  obsolete  or  over-valued  items  at 
lower  of  cost  or  NRV.    These  assumptions  require  the  Company  to  analyze  the  aging  of  and  forecasted  demand  for  its 
inventory,  forecast  future  product  sales  prices,  pricing  trends  and  margins,  and  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  regarding 
obsolete  or  excess  inventory.    Future  product  sales  prices,  pricing  trends  and  margins  are  based  on  the  best  available 
information  at  that  time  including  actual  orders  received,  negotiations  with  the  Company’s  customers  for  future  orders, 
including  their  plans  for  expenditures,  and  market  trends  for  similar  products.    The  Company’s  judgments  and  estimates  for 
excess or obsolete inventory are based on analysis of actual and forecasted usage.  Valuation of used equipment taken in trade 
from customers requires the Company to use the best information available to determine the value of the equipment to potential 
customers.    This  value  is  subject  to  change  based  on  numerous  conditions.    Inventory  reserves  are  established  taking  into 
account age, frequency of use, or sale, and in the case of repair parts, installed base of machines.  While calculations are made 
involving these factors, significant management judgment regarding expectations for future events is involved.  Future events 
that  could  significantly  influence  the  Company’s  judgment  and  related  estimates  include  general  economic  conditions  in 
markets  where  the  Company’s  products  are  sold,  new  equipment  price  fluctuations,  actions  of  the  Company’s  competitors, 
including introduction of new products and technological advances, as well as new products and design changes the Company 
introduces.    The  Company  makes  adjustments  to  its  inventory  reserves  based  on  identification  of  specific  situations  and 
increases its inventory reserves accordingly.  As further changes in future economic or industry conditions occur, the Company 
may revise estimates that were used to calculate its inventory reserves.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, reserves for lower of 
cost or NRV, excess and obsolete inventory totaled $61.8 million and $53.2 million, respectively.

F-9

If actual conditions are less favorable than those the Company has projected, the Company will increase its reserves for lower 
of cost or NRV, excess and obsolete inventory accordingly.  Any increase in the Company’s reserves will adversely impact its 
results of operations.  Establishment of a reserve for lower of cost or NRV, excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost 
basis in the inventory.  Such reserves are not reduced until the product is sold.

Shipping and handling costs for product shipments to customers are recorded in Cost of goods sold (“COGS”).

Debt  Issuance  Costs.    Debt  issuance  costs  incurred  in  securing  the  Company’s  financing  arrangements  are  capitalized  and 
amortized over the term of the associated debt.  Debt issuance costs related to senior notes and term loans are presented in the 
balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the borrowing, consistent with debt discounts.  Debt issuance 
costs related to securing the Company’s revolving line of credit are presented in Other assets.  Debt issuance costs related to 
debt that is extinguished early are charged to expense at the time of retirement.  Debt issuance costs were $15.4 million and 
$17.0  million  (net  of  accumulated  amortization  of  $17.3  million  and  $12.2  million)  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.

Intangible  Assets.    Intangible  assets  include  purchased  patents,  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  other  specifically 
identifiable assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated useful lives, which range from one to 
ninety-nine years.  Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their 
carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Goodwill.    Goodwill  is  assigned  to  one  or  more  reporting  segments  on  the  date  of  acquisition.    The  Company  reviews  its 
goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or 
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of any one of its reporting units below its respective 
carrying amount.

In performing the goodwill impairment test, the Company may first perform a qualitative assessment or bypass the qualitative 
assessment and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test.  A qualitative assessment requires the Company 
to  consider  events  or  circumstances  including  macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  and  market  considerations,  cost  factors, 
overall financial performance, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes in customers, changes in 
the composition or carrying amount of a reporting segment’s net assets and changes in its stock price.  If, after assessing the 
totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair values of its reporting 
units are greater than the carrying amounts, then a quantitative impairment test does not need to be performed.

If the qualitative assessment indicates a quantitative analysis should be performed or a quantitative analysis is directly elected, 
the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each of its reporting units to its carrying value, 
including  the  associated  goodwill.    To  determine  the  fair  values,  the  Company  uses  an  income  approach,  along  with  other 
relevant  market  information,  derived  from  a  discounted  cash  flow  model  to  estimate  fair  value  of  its  reporting  units.    An 
impairment  charge  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value,  if  any,  would  be 
recognized.  The loss recognized would not exceed total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

In  connection  with  the  annual  impairment  test  conducted  as  of  October  1,  2020,  the  Company  bypassed  the  qualitative 
assessment  and  proceeded  directly  to  the  quantitative  impairment  test.    The  quantitative  assessment  indicated  that  each 
reporting unit had an estimated fair value which substantially exceeded its respective carrying amount.

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment.    Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.    Expenditures  for  major  renewals  and 
improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs not expected to extend the life of an asset beyond 
its  normal  useful  life  are  charged  to  expense  when  incurred.    Plant  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  the  estimated  useful 
lives (1-40 years and 2-20 years, respectively) of the assets under the straight-line method of depreciation for financial reporting 
purposes and both straight-line and other methods for tax purposes.

F-10

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.    The  Company  assesses  the  realizability  of  its  long-lived  assets,  including  definite-lived 
intangible assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying 
amount  of  such  assets  (or  group  of  assets)  may  not  be  recoverable.    Impairment  is  determined  to  exist  if  estimated  future 
undiscounted cash flows are less than carrying value.  If an impairment is indicated, assets are written down to their fair value, 
which is typically determined by a discounted cash flow analysis.  Future cash flow projections include assumptions regarding 
future sales levels and the level of working capital needed to support the assets.  The Company uses data developed by business 
segment management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations.  There are no assurances that future cash 
flow  assumptions  will  be  achieved.    The  amount  of  any  impairment  then  recognized  would  be  calculated  as  the  difference 
between estimated fair value and carrying value of the asset.  Included in Selling, general & administrative expenses (“SG&A”) 
are $5.5 million, $1.5 million and $2.5 million of asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amount and 
do  not  bear  interest.    Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  the  Company’s  estimate  of  current  expected  credit  losses  on  its 
existing accounts receivable and determined based on historical customer reviews, current financial conditions and reasonable 
and supportable forecasts.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines it is expected 
the receivable will not be recovered.  There can be no assurance that the Company’s estimate of accounts receivable collection 
will  be  indicative  of  future  results.    The  Company  has  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposure  related  to  guarantees  provided  to 
financial institutions as disclosed in Note O – “Litigation and Contingencies”.

The following table summarizes changes in the consolidated allowance for doubtful accounts (in millions):

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Provision for credit losses

Other adjustments

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Provision for credit losses

Other adjustments

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

9.1 

6.4 

(5.6) 

9.9 

1.8 

(2.2) 

9.5 

Pursuant to terms of the Company’s trade accounts receivable factoring arrangements, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries 
may  sell  their  trade  accounts  receivable.    In  certain  cases,  the  Company  continues  to  service  such  accounts.    These  trade 
receivables  qualify  for  sales 
treatment  under  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  860,  “Transfers  and 
Servicing”  (“ASC  860”)  and  accordingly,  the  proceeds  are  included  in  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities.    The  gross 
amount of trade receivables sold for years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 totaled $405.8 million, $1,108.0 million 
and  $940.1  million,  respectively.    The  factoring  discount  paid  upon  sale  is  recorded  as  interest  expense  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of Income (Loss).  As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $2.0 million and $83.9 million, respectively, of receivables 
qualifying for sale treatment were outstanding and continued to be serviced by the Company.

Revenue Recognition.  The Company recognizes revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration which it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  In determining when and 
how  revenue  is  recognized  from  contracts  with  customers,  the  Company  performs  the  following  five-step  analysis:  (i) 
identification  of  contract  with  customer;  (ii)  determination  of  performance  obligations;  (iii)  measurement  of  the  transaction 
price;  (iv)  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  and  (v)  recognition  of  revenue  when  (or  as)  the 
Company satisfies each performance obligation.

In the United States, we have the ability to enter into a security agreement and receive a security interest in the product by filing 
an  appropriate  Uniform  Commercial  Code  (“UCC”)  financing  statement.    However,  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s 
revenue is generated outside of the United States.  In many countries outside of the United States, as a matter of statutory law, a 
seller retains title to a product until payment is made.  The laws do not provide for a seller’s retention of a security interest in 
goods in the same manner as established in the UCC.  In these countries, we retain title to goods delivered to a customer until 
the customer makes payment so that we can recover the goods in the event of customer default on payment.  The Company 
considers the following events in order to determine when it is appropriate to recognize revenue: (i) the customer has physical 
possession of the product; (ii) the customer has legal title to the product; (iii) the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of 
ownership and (iv) the customer has communicated acceptance of the product.  These events serve as indicators, along with the 
details contained within the contract, that it is appropriate to recognize revenue.

F-11

 
 
 
 
The  Company  generates  revenue  through  the  sale  of  machines,  parts  and  service,  and  extended  warranties.    Revenue  from 
product  sales  is  recorded  when  the  performance  obligation  is  fulfilled,  usually  at  the  time  of  shipment,  at  the  net  sales  price 
(transaction price).  Estimates of variable consideration, such as volume discounts and rebates, reduce transaction price when it 
is probable that a customer will attain these types of sales incentives.  These estimates are primarily derived from contractual 
terms and historical experience.  The Company elected to present revenue net of sales tax and other similar taxes and account 
for  shipping  and  handling  as  activities  to  fulfill  the  promise  to  transfer  goods  rather  than  separate  performance  obligations.  
Payments  are  typically  due  either  30  or  60  days,  depending  on  geography,  following  delivery  of  products  or  completion  of 
services.

Revenue from extended warranties is recognized over time on a straight line basis because the customer benefits evenly from 
the extended warranty throughout the period; beginning upon expiration of the standard warranty and through end of the term.  
Revenue from services is recognized based on cost input method as the time and materials used in the repair portrays the most 
accurate  depiction  of  completion  of  the  performance  obligation.    During  the  full  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  revenues 
generated from the sale of extended warranties and services were an immaterial portion of revenue.

The Company sells equipment subject to leases and related lease payments.  Income from operating leases is recognized ratably 
over the lease term.  Revenue from sales-type leases is recognized at the inception of the lease.

For detailed sales information see Note B - “Business Segment Information”.

Leases.  Terex leases approximately 100  real properties, approximately 500 vehicles and approximately 400 pieces of office 
and  industrial  equipment.    As  the  lessee,  Terex  will  classify  a  lease  which  it  has  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership as a finance lease.

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  contains  a  lease  at  contract  inception.    With  the  exception  of  short-term  leases 
(leases with terms less than 12 months), all leases with contractual fixed costs are recorded on the balance sheet on the lease 
commencement date as a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability.  Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present 
value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments  and  subsequently  increased  to  reflect  the  interest  accrued  and  reduced  by  the  lease 
payments  affected.    ROU  assets  are  initially  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments  adjusted  for  any 
prior lease payments, lease incentives and initial direct costs.  The Company does not separate lease and non-lease components 
of a contract for any class of leases.  Certain leases contain escalation, renewal and/or termination options that are factored into 
the  ROU  asset  as  appropriate.    Operating  leases  result  in  a  straight-line  rent  expense  over  the  life  of  the  lease.    For  finance 
leases,  ROU  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  lease  and  interest  accretes  to  the  lease  liability 
which  results  in  a  higher  interest  expense  at  lease  inception  that  declines  over  the  life  of  the  lease.    Variable  lease  costs  are 
expensed as incurred and are not included in the determination of ROU assets or lease liabilities.

Short-term leases for real property, vehicles and industrial and office equipment are recognized in the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

The  Company  uses  its  estimated  incremental  borrowing  rate,  which  is  derived  from  information  available  at  the  lease 
commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments, if the rate is not implicit in the lease.  Consideration is 
given  to  the  Company’s  recent  debt  issuances  as  well  as  publicly  available  data  for  instruments  with  similar  characteristics 
when calculating incremental borrowing rates.

The  Company  adopted  Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  2016-02,  “Leases  (Topic  842),”  on  January  1,  2019  under  the 
alternative  transition  method  permitted  by  ASU  2018-11,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted  Improvements”.    For  detailed  lease 
information see Note L - “Leases”.

Guarantees.    The  Company  issues  guarantees  to  financial  institutions  related  to  financing  of  equipment  purchases  by 
customers.    The  expectation  of  losses  or  non-performance  is  assessed  based  on  consideration  of  historical  customer  reviews, 
current financial conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts, equipment collateral value and other factors.  Reserves are 
recorded for expected loss over the contractual period of risk exposure.

Accrued  Warranties.    The  Company  records  accruals  for  potential  warranty  claims  based  on  its  claim  experience.    The 
Company’s  products  are  typically  sold  with  a  standard  warranty  covering  defects  that  arise  during  a  fixed  period.    Each 
business  provides  a  warranty  specific  to  products  it  offers.    The  specific  warranty  offered  by  a  business  is  a  function  of 
customer expectations and competitive forces.  Warranty length is generally a fixed period of time, a fixed number of operating 
hours or both.

F-12

A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale.  The current portion of the product warranty liability is 
included in Accrued warranties and product liability and the non-current portion is included in Other non-current liabilities in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The liability is established using historical warranty claims experience for each 
product  sold.    Historical  claims  experience  may  be  adjusted  for  known  design  improvements  or  for  the  impact  of  unusual 
product quality issues.  Assumptions are updated for known events that may affect the potential warranty liability.

The following table summarizes changes in the consolidated product warranty liability (in millions):

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

Changes in estimates

Settlements during the period

Foreign exchange effect/other

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

Changes in estimates

Settlements during the period

Foreign exchange effect/other

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

39.8 

41.1 

13.4 

(50.1) 

3.3 

47.5 

38.9 

14.3 

(48.4) 

0.6 

52.9 

Accrued Product Liability.  The Company records accruals for product liability claims when deemed probable and estimable 
based on facts and circumstances, and prior claims experience.  Accruals for product liability claims are valued based upon the 
Company’s  prior  claims  experience,  including  consideration  of  jurisdiction,  circumstances  of  the  accident,  type  of  loss  or 
injury,  identity  of  plaintiff,  other  potential  responsible  parties,  analysis  of  outside  legal  counsel,  analysis  of  internal  product 
liability counsel and experience of the Company’s product safety employees.  Actual product liability costs could be different 
due to a number of variables such as the decisions of juries or judges.

Defined  Benefit  Pension  and  Other  Post-retirement  Benefits.    The  Company  provides  post-retirement  benefits  to  certain 
former  salaried  and  hourly  employees  and  certain  hourly  employees  covered  by  bargaining  unit  contracts  that  provide  such 
benefits.  The Company accounts for these benefits under ASC 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”).  ASC 
715 requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and post-retirement benefit plans.  
Under ASC 715, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that 
have  not  been  recognized  under  previous  accounting  standards  must  be  recognized  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income,  net  of  tax  effects,  until  they  are  amortized  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost.    See  Note  M  –  “Retirement 
Plans and Other Benefits.”

Deferred Compensation.  The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note M – 
“Retirement  Plans  and  Other  Benefits.”    The  Company’s  common  stock  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  pursuant  to  the  Company’s 
deferred compensation plan, is treated in a manner similar to treasury stock and is recorded at cost within Stockholders’ equity 
as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The plan obligations for participant deferrals in common stock are classified as Additional 
paid-in capital and deferrals in the bond fund investment are classified as Accrued compensation and benefits and Other non-
current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The total of common stock required to settle this deferred compensation 
obligation is included in the denominator in both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

Stock-Based Compensation.  At December 31, 2020, the Company had stock-based employee compensation plans, which are 
described more fully in Note N – “Stockholders’ Equity.”  The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and 
measurement  principles  of  ASC  718,  “Compensation–Stock  Compensation”  (“ASC  718”).    ASC  718  requires  that  expense 
resulting  from  all  share-based  payment  transactions  be  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  at  fair  value.    The  Company 
recognizes forfeitures as they occur.

Foreign  Currency  Translation.    Assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  non-U.S.  operations  are  translated  at  year-end 
exchange rates.  Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year.  For operations whose functional 
currency  is  the  local  currency,  translation  adjustments  are  recorded  in  the  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
component of Stockholders’ equity.  Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the accounts 
based on the underlying transaction.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives.  Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair value as either assets 
or liabilities.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in earnings or Accumulated other comprehensive 
income, depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of 
hedge  transaction.    Gains  and  losses  on  derivative  instruments  reported  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  are 
included  in  earnings  in  the  periods  in  which  earnings  are  affected  by  the  hedged  item.    See  Note  J  –  “Derivative  Financial 
Instruments.”

Research, Development and Engineering Costs.  Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred.  Such 
costs  incurred  in  the  development  of  new  products  or  significant  improvements  to  existing  products  are  included  in  SG&A.  
Research, development and engineering costs were $58.9 million, $72.4 million and $63.2 million during 2020, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively.

Income  Taxes.    The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.    This  method  requires  the 
recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between 
financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.  See Note C – “Income Taxes.”

Earnings Per Share.  Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing Net income (loss) for the period by the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing Net income 
(loss) for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and potential dilutive common 
shares.  See Note E – “Earnings Per Share.”

Fair Value Measurements.  Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis under the provisions of ASC 820, 
“Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure” (“ASC 820”) include interest rate caps, commodity swaps, cross currency swaps and 
foreign exchange contracts discussed in Note J – “Derivative Financial Instruments” and debt discussed in Note K – “Long-
term Obligations”.  These instruments are valued using a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information 
generated  by  market  transactions  involving  identical  or  comparable  assets  or  liabilities.    ASC  820  establishes  a  fair  value 
hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable 
inputs) and the Company’s assumptions (unobservable inputs).  The hierarchy consists of three levels:

Level  1  –  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for  identical, 
unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2 – Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for 
substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3 – Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and 
unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).

Determining  which  category  an  asset  or  liability  falls  within  this  hierarchy  requires  judgment.    The  Company  evaluates  its 
hierarchy disclosures each quarter.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Implemented in 2020

In  June  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit 
Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” (“ASU 2016-13”).  ASU 2016-13 sets forth a 
“current expected credit loss” model which requires the Company to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments 
held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable supportable forecasts.  Guidance in 
this standard replaced the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets 
measured  at  amortized  cost  and  applies  to  some  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures.    Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  the 
following standards related to ASU 2016-13: ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - 
Credit Losses,” ASU 2019-05, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Targeted Transition Relief,” ASU 2019-11, 
“Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses,”  and  ASU  2020-03,  “Codification 
Improvement  to  Financial  Instruments,”  which  provided  additional  guidance  and  clarity  to  ASU  2016-13  (collectively,  the 
“Credit Loss Standard”).  The Company adopted the Credit Loss Standard on January 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective 
approach.  Adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-14

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), 
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  Is  a  Service 
Contract,” (“ASU 2018-15”).  ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting 
arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain 
internal-use software.  The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020.  Adoption did not have a material effect on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  April  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-04,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit 
Losses,  Topic  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging,  and  Topic  825,  Financial  Instruments,”  (“ASU  2019-04”).    ASU  2019-04 
provided narrow scope amendments for Topics 326, 815 and 825.  The Company adopted ASU 2019-04 on January 1, 2020.  
Adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-14,  “Compensation  -  Retirement  Benefits  -  Defined  Benefit  Plans  -  General 
(Subtopic  715-20):  Disclosure  Framework  -  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit  Plans,”  (“ASU 
2018-14”).    ASU  2018-14  adds,  removes  and  clarifies  disclosure  requirements  related  to  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and 
other postretirement plans.  The Company adopted ASU 2018-14 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2020.  Adoption did 
not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards to be Implemented

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-12,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740)  -  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income 
Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes.  ASU 2019-12 
removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve 
consistent application of Topic 740.  The effective date will be first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and early adoption is permitted.  
Adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)”, which provides optional expedients and 
exceptions  for  applying  U.S.  GAAP  to  contracts,  hedging  relationships  and  other  transactions  that  reference  the  London 
Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform.  The 
amendments  in  this  ASU  were  effective  upon  issuance  and  may  be  applied  through  December  31,  2022.    The  Company  is 
currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B – BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Terex is a global manufacturer of aerial work platforms and materials processing machinery.  The Company designs, builds and 
supports products used in construction, maintenance, manufacturing, energy, minerals and materials management applications.  
Terex’s  products  are  manufactured  in  North  and  South  America,  Europe,  Australia  and  Asia  and  sold  worldwide.    The 
Company engages with customers through all stages of the product life cycle, from initial specification and financing to parts 
and service support.

The  Company  identifies  its  operating  segments  according  to  how  business  activities  are  managed  and  evaluated,  and  has 
identified  three  operating  segments:  Aerials,  Utilities  and  MP.    As  Aerials  and  Utilities  operating  segments  share  similar 
economic characteristics, these operating segments are aggregated into one operating segment, AWP.  The Company operates 
in two reportable segments: (i) AWP and (ii) MP.

AWP designs, manufactures, services and markets aerial work platform equipment, utility equipment and telehandlers as well 
as  their  related  components  and  replacement  parts.    Customers  use  these  products  to  construct  and  maintain  industrial, 
commercial,  institutional  and  residential  buildings  and  facilities,  for  construction  and  maintenance  of  utility  and 
telecommunication  lines,  tree  trimming,  certain  construction  and  foundation  drilling  applications,  and  for  other  commercial 
operations, as well as in a wide range of infrastructure projects.

F-15

MP  designs,  manufactures,  services  and  markets  materials  processing  and  specialty  equipment,  including  crushers,  washing 
systems, screens, apron feeders, material handlers, pick and carry cranes, rough terrain cranes, tower cranes, wood processing, 
biomass  and  recycling  equipment,  concrete  mixer  trucks  and  concrete  pavers,  conveyors,  and  their  related  components  and 
replacement parts.  Customers use these products in construction, infrastructure and recycling projects, in various quarrying and 
mining applications, as well as in landscaping and biomass production industries, material handling applications, maintenance 
applications  to  lift  equipment  or  material,  moving  materials  and  equipment  on  rugged  or  uneven  terrain,  lifting  construction 
material  and  placing  material  at  point  of  use.    The  Company’s  rough  terrain  and  tower  cranes  operations  were  consolidated 
within  MP  for  financial  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2020,  to  align  with  its  new  management  and 
reporting structure.

The  Company  assists  customers  in  their  rental,  leasing  and  acquisition  of  its  products  through  Terex  Financial  Services 
(“TFS”).  TFS uses its equipment financing experience to facilitate financial products and services to assist in the acquisition of 
the Company’s equipment.  TFS is included in Corporate and Other.

Corporate and Other also includes eliminations among the two reportable segments, as well as general and corporate items.

None of the Company’s customers individually accounted for more than 10% of consolidated net sales in 2020, 2019 or 2018.

Business segment information is presented below (in millions):

Net sales

AWP

MP

Corporate and Other / Eliminations

Total

Income (loss) from operations

AWP

MP

Corporate and Other / Eliminations

Total

Depreciation and amortization

AWP

MP

Corporate

Total

Capital expenditures

AWP

MP

Corporate

Total

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

1,782.9  $ 

2,726.6  $ 

2,950.4 

1,256.8 

36.7 

1,602.6 

23.9 

1,576.8 

(10.0) 

3,076.4  $ 

4,353.1  $ 

4,517.2 

0.5  $ 

196.2  $ 

143.4 

(75.5)   

227.9 

(89.1)   

68.4  $ 

335.0  $ 

300.5 

211.1 

(99.1) 

412.5 

23.2  $ 

23.0  $ 

11.4 

15.1 

9.1 

14.3 

49.7  $ 

46.4  $ 

47.4  $ 

82.1  $ 

11.6 

5.5 

12.9 

10.5 

64.5  $ 

105.5  $ 

20.9 

9.0 

15.4 

45.3 

49.7 

33.8 

7.5 

91.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales  between  segments  are  generally  priced  to  recover  costs  plus  a  reasonable  markup  for  profit,  which  is  eliminated  in 
consolidation.

Identifiable assets
AWP(1)
MP(2)

Corporate and Other / Eliminations (3)
Assets held for sale

Total

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

1,541.0  $ 

1,814.4 

1,596.3 

1,750.9 

(111.8)   

(379.5) 

6.3 

9.8 

$ 

3,031.8  $ 

3,195.6 

(1) Decrease primarily due to lower inventory balances and elimination of intercompany investment.
(2) Decrease primarily due to settlement of certain intercompany balances.
(3) Change primarily due to lower intercompany eliminations.

Long-lived assets consist of net fixed assets, which can be attributed to the specific geographic regions.

Long-lived Assets
United States
United Kingdom
Germany
Other European countries
All other
Total

Geographic net sales information is presented below (in millions):

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

237.4  $ 
74.5 
12.7 
23.5 
58.5 
406.6  $ 

246.8 
69.0 
11.0 
21.6 
41.0 
389.4 

Net sales by region
North America
Western Europe
Asia-Pacific
Rest of World (1)
Total (2)

Year Ended December 31, 2020

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

$ 

$ 

1,185.2  $ 
230.7 
271.6 
95.4 
1,782.9  $ 

497.7  $ 
379.0 
256.0 
124.1 
1,256.8  $ 

62.5  $ 
0.3 
2.6 
(28.7)   
36.7  $ 

1,745.4 
610.0 
530.2 
190.8 
3,076.4 

(1) Includes intercompany sales and eliminations.
(2) Total sales include $1.6 billion attributable to the U.S., the Company’s country of domicile.

Net sales by region
North America
Western Europe
Asia-Pacific
Rest of World (1)
Total (2)

Year Ended December 31, 2019

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

$ 

$ 

1,801.8  $ 
431.1 
325.1 
168.6 
2,726.6  $ 

605.6  $ 
514.2 
301.4 
181.4 
1,602.6  $ 

76.5  $ 
0.6 
2.1 
(55.3)   
23.9  $ 

2,483.9 
945.9 
628.6 
294.7 
4,353.1 

(1)  Includes intercompany sales and eliminations.
(2) Total sales include $2.3 billion attributable to the U.S., the Company’s country of domicile.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales by region
North America
Western Europe
Asia-Pacific
Rest of World (1)
Total (2)

Year Ended December 31, 2018

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

$ 

$ 

1,985.2  $ 
530.5 
274.8 
159.9 
2,950.4  $ 

580.4  $ 
456.7 
298.9 
240.8 
1,576.8  $ 

73.9  $ 
0.7 
1.5 
(86.1)   
(10.0)  $ 

2,639.5 
987.9 
575.2 
314.6 
4,517.2 

(1) Includes intercompany sales and eliminations.
(2) Total sales include $2.4 billion attributable to the U.S., the Company’s country of domicile.

The Company attributes sales to unaffiliated customers in different geographical areas based on the location of the customer.

Product type net sales information is presented below (in millions):

Net sales by product type
Aerial Work Platforms
Materials Processing Equipment
Specialty Equipment
Other (1)

Total

(1) Includes other product types, intercompany sales and eliminations.

Net sales by product type
Aerial Work Platforms
Materials Processing Equipment
Specialty Equipment
Other (1)

Total

(1) Includes other product types, intercompany sales and eliminations.

Year Ended December 31, 2020

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

1,234.8  $ 
— 
— 
548.1 
1,782.9  $ 

—  $ 

760.5 
493.6 
2.7 
1,256.8  $ 

0.9  $ 
— 
1.4 
34.4 
36.7  $ 

1,235.7 
760.5 
495.0 
585.2 
3,076.4 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

1,912.1  $ 
— 
— 
814.5 
2,726.6  $ 

—  $ 

895.4 
699.9 
7.3 
1,602.6  $ 

2.8  $ 
— 
5.3 
15.8 
23.9  $ 

1,914.9 
895.4 
705.2 
837.6 
4,353.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018

AWP

MP

Corporate and 
Other / 
Eliminations

Total

$ 

$ 

2,128.6  $ 
— 
— 
821.8 
2,950.4  $ 

—  $ 

877.0 
661.8 
38.0 
1,576.8  $ 

3.5  $ 
— 
5.6 
(19.1) 
(10.0)  $ 

2,132.1 
877.0 
667.4 
840.7 
4,517.2 

Net sales by product type
Aerial Work Platforms
Materials Processing Equipment
Specialty Equipment
Other (1)

Total

(1) Includes other product types, intercompany sales and eliminations.

NOTE C – INCOME TAXES

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in millions):

United States
Foreign
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

$ 

(148.8)  $ 
159.8 
11.0  $ 

(32.4)  $ 
279.9 
247.5  $ 

(9.5) 
296.6 
287.1 

The Company recorded Income (loss) from discontinued operations and Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations 
before income taxes of $(28.9) million, $(175.8) million, and $(136.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 
and 2018, respectively.

The  major  components  of  the  Company’s  provision  for  (benefit  from)  income  taxes  on  continuing  operations  before  income 
taxes are summarized below (in millions):

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Current income tax provision (benefit)

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

$ 

(27.1)  $ 
2.3 
21.3 
(3.5)   

1.2 
4.3 
— 
5.5 
2.0  $ 

14.7  $ 
1.2 
38.1 
54.0 

(14.9)   
(3.3)   
2.0 
(16.2)   
37.8  $ 

21.4 
1.8 
31.2 
54.4 

(14.4) 
1.2 
4.2 
(9.0) 
45.4 

The elimination of tax from intercompany transactions is included in current tax expense.  The Company recorded Provision for 
(benefit  from)  income  taxes  of  $(9.3)  million,  $(20.5)  million  and  $(8.3)  million  from  discontinued  operations  and  on 
disposition of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

In  January  2018,  the  FASB  released  guidance  on  the  accounting  for  tax  on  Global  Intangible  Low-taxed  Income  (“GILTI”).  
The guidance indicates that either accounting for deferred taxes related to GILTI or treating any taxes on GILTI as period costs 
are both acceptable accounting policy elections.  Terex elected to treat taxes on GILTI inclusions as period costs.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  result  from  differences  in  the  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  tax  and  financial  reporting 
purposes.  The tax effects of the basis differences and loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 for continuing 
operations are summarized below for major balance sheet captions (in millions):

Property, plant and equipment
Intangibles
Inventories
Accrued warranties and product liability
Loss carry forwards
Retirement plans
Accrued compensation and benefits
Operating lease ROU asset
Operating lease liability
Other
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

2020

2019

(18.1)  $ 
(6.1)   
6.1 
12.5 
204.4 
14.0 
16.8 
(26.1)   
27.0 
18.5 
(112.1)   
136.9  $ 

(14.5) 
(4.7) 
6.4 
9.8 
198.5 
13.3 
22.0 
(30.9) 
32.2 
9.2 
(107.0) 
134.3 

$ 

$ 

Deferred tax assets for continuing operations were $251.6 million ($0.1 million for discontinued operations) before valuation 
allowances  of  $112.1  million,  partially  offset  by  deferred  tax  liabilities  for  continuing  operations  of  $2.6  million  at 
December  31,  2020.    Deferred  tax  assets  for  continuing  operations  were  $243.6  million  ($0.3  million  for  discontinued 
operations) before valuation allowances of $107.0 million, partially offset by deferred tax liabilities for continuing operations of 
$2.3 million at December 31, 2019.  There were no deferred tax liabilities for discontinued operations at December 31, 2020 
and 2019.

The Company evaluates the net realizable value of its deferred tax assets each reporting period.  The Company must consider 
all objective evidence, both positive and negative, in evaluating the future realization of its deferred tax assets, including tax 
loss  carry  forwards.    Historical  information  is  supplemented  by  currently  available  information  about  future  tax  years.  
Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  requires  sufficient  taxable  income  of  the  appropriate  character.    To  the  extent  estimates  of 
future taxable income decrease or do not materialize, additional valuation allowances may be required.  The Company records a 
valuation  allowance  for  each  deferred  tax  asset  for  which  realization  is  not  assessed  as  more  likely  than  not.    The  valuation 
allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $112.1 million and $107.0 million, respectively.  The 
net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was an increase of $5.1 million 
and a decrease of $7.3 million, respectively.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes is different from the amount that would be provided by applying the 
statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes.  The reasons 
for the difference are summarized as follows (in millions):

Tax at statutory federal income tax rate
State taxes
Change in valuation allowance
Foreign tax differential on income/losses of foreign subsidiaries
U.S. tax on multi-national operations
Change in foreign tax rates
U.S. tax legislation
Research and development
Provision to return adjustments
Compensation
Pension plan settlement
Other

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

$ 

2.3 
5.2 
— 
(13.0) 
17.6 
0.7 
(10.9) 
(1.2) 
(1.7) 
3.1 
— 
(0.1) 
2.0 

$ 

$ 

51.9 
(1.7) 
(4.9) 
(14.5) 
7.2 
3.7 
— 
(2.0) 
(2.4) 
1.1 
— 
(0.6) 
37.8 

$ 

$ 

60.3 
2.3 
(13.9) 
(18.0) 
16.3 
0.7 
5.5 
(0.5) 
0.2 
0.2 
(7.1) 
(0.6) 
45.4 

The Company does not provide for foreign income and withholding, U.S. Federal, or state income taxes or tax benefits on the 
financial reporting basis over the tax basis of its investments in foreign subsidiaries to the extent such amounts are indefinitely 
reinvested  to  support  operations  and  continued  growth  plans  outside  the  U.S.    The  Company  reviews  its  plan  to  indefinitely 
reinvest on a quarterly basis.  In making its decision to indefinitely reinvest, the Company evaluates its plans of reinvestment, 
its  ability  to  control  repatriation  and  to  mobilize  funds  without  triggering  basis  differences,  and  the  profitability  of  U.S. 
operations and their cash requirements and the need, if any, to repatriate funds.  If the assessment of the Company with respect 
to earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries changes, deferred U.S. income taxes, foreign income taxes, and foreign withholding taxes 
may have to be accrued.

The  Company  considers  foreign  earnings  that  have  been  taxed  in  the  U.S.  or  have  qualified  for  the  high-tax  exception  to 
taxation  to  not  be  indefinitely  reinvested.    The  Company  has  recorded  foreign,  federal  and  state  tax  expense  with  respect  to 
earnings which have been subject to federal income tax and which are no longer indefinitely reinvested.  The Company plans to 
indefinitely  reinvest  all  undistributed  foreign  earnings  in  excess  of  those  previously  taxed  in  the  U.S.    For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020, the Company’s estimate of its remaining unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiary ownership chains 
that have positive retained earnings and have not been subject to tax in the U.S. was approximately $81 million.  At this time, 
determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the Company’s investment in non-
U.S. subsidiaries is not practicable.

At December 31, 2020, the Company has various state net operating loss carry forwards available to reduce future state taxable 
income  and  income  taxes,  the  majority  of  which  will  expire  at  various  dates  through  2040.    The  Company  also  has 
approximately $601 million of foreign loss carry forwards, consisting of $287 million in Germany, $183 million in Italy, $52 
million in China, $31 million in Spain, and $48 million in other countries, which are available to offset future taxable income.  
The majority of these tax loss carry forwards are available without expiration.  In addition, the gross amount of the Australian 
capital loss carryforward is $24 million, and it has an unlimited carryforward period.

The Company made total net income tax payments including discontinued operations of $26.3 million, $46.8 million and $52.7 
million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, Other current assets included net income tax 
receivable amounts of $56.2 million and $24.3 million, respectively.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  conduct  business  globally  and  file  income  tax  returns  in  U.S.  federal,  state  and  foreign 
jurisdictions, as required.  From a tax perspective, major jurisdictions where the Company is often subject to examination by tax 
authorities include Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, China, India and the U.S.  Currently, various entities of the Company 
are  under  audit  in  Germany,  Italy,  India,  the  U.S.  and  elsewhere.    With  few  exceptions,  the  statute  of  limitations  for  the 
Company and most of its subsidiaries has expired for tax years prior to 2011.  The Company assesses uncertain tax positions for 
recognition, measurement and effective settlement.  Where the Company has determined that its tax return filing position does 
not satisfy the more likely than not recognition threshold of ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” it has recorded no tax benefits.  Where 
the  Company  has  determined  that  its  tax  return  filing  positions  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained,  the  Company  has 
measured  and  recorded  the  largest  amount  of  tax  benefit  greater  than  50%  likely  to  be  realized.    The  Company  recognizes 
accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to income taxes as (Provision for) benefit from income taxes in its Consolidated 
Statement of Income (Loss).

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits (in millions).

Balance as of January 1, 2018

Additions for current year tax positions
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for current year tax positions
Reductions for expiration of statute of limitations
Settlements

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Additions for current year tax positions
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for current year tax positions
Reductions for expiration of statute of limitations
Settlements

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Additions for current year tax positions
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for current year tax positions
Reductions for expiration of statute of limitations
Settlements

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

33.7 
— 
6.1 
(14.8) 
— 
(0.8) 
(10.7) 
13.5 
— 
2.0 
(0.4) 
— 
(0.8) 
— 
14.3 
— 
9.2 
(3.7) 
— 
— 
(1.3) 
18.5 

The Company evaluates each reporting period whether it is reasonably possible material changes to its uncertain tax position 
liability  could  occur  in  the  next  12  months.    Changes  may  occur  as  a  result  of  uncertain  tax  positions  being  considered 
effectively  settled,  re-measured,  paid,  acquired  or  divested,  as  a  result  of  a  change  in  accounting  rules,  tax  law  or  judicial 
decision, or due to expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.  It is not possible to predict which uncertain tax positions, if 
any, may be challenged by tax authorities.  Timing and impact of income tax audits and their resolution is uncertain.  New facts, 
laws,  pronouncements  and  judicial  decisions  can  change  assessments  concerning  technical  merit  and  measurement.    The 
amounts of or periods in which changes to reserves for uncertain tax positions will occur is difficult to predict.  The Company 
believes  it  is  reasonably  possible  the  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  disclosed  as  of  December  31,  2020  may  decrease 
approximately  $4  million  in  the  year  ending  December  31,  2021.    Such  possible  decrease  relates  to  anticipated  tax  audit 
settlements.

As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  $18.5  million  and  $14.3  million,  respectively,  of  unrecognized  tax 
benefits.  Of the $18.5 million at December 31, 2020, $6.0 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  As of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the liability for potential interest and penalties was $1.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.  
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized total tax expense of $0.2 million for interest 
and penalties.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE D – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE

Mobile Cranes Disposal Group

On July 31, 2019, the Company completed the disposition of Demag to Tadano.  The Company received approximately $215 
million  of  consideration,  as  adjusted  for  estimated  amounts  of  cash,  debt,  working  capital  and  certain  other  items.    Products 
divested were Demag® all terrain cranes and large lattice boom crawler cranes.  During the year ended December 31, 2020, the 
Company recognized a loss, net of tax, of $19.2 million primarily related to a settlement with Tadano on cash, debt, working 
capital and certain other items related to the disposition of Demag.  During the year ended December 31, 2019 the Company 
recognized a charge of approximately $82 million, net of tax, to write-down Demag to its fair value, less costs to sell.  During 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  loss  on  disposition  of  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax,  of 
$11.6  million.    During  2019,  the  Company  also  exited  North  American  mobile  crane  product  lines  manufactured  in  its 
Oklahoma  City  facility  and  recognized  a  gain,  net  of  tax,  of  $12.8  million  related  to  the  sale  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019.

The  Company’s  actions  to  sell  Demag  and  cease  manufacturing  of  mobile  crane  product  lines  in  its  Oklahoma  City  facility 
represented a significant strategic shift in its business away from mobile cranes as these businesses constituted a significant part 
of its operations and financial results.  The Company believes these actions were necessary to execute its strategy.

In connection with the disposition of Demag, the Company entered into certain ancillary agreements with Tadano including a 
Transition  Services  Agreement  (“TSA”),  dated  as  of  July  31,  2019,  under  which  the  parties  provided  one  another  certain 
transition services to facilitate the separation of Demag from the Company.  At December 31, 2020, all significant agreements 
covered under the TSA have terminated.

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

The  following  amounts  related  to  discontinued  operations  were  derived  from  historical  financial  information  and  have  been 
segregated from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) 
(in millions):

Year ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

Net sales

Cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Impairment of mobile cranes disposal group
Asset impairments
Other income (expense)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Other

$ 

$ 

Cranes

Cranes

Cranes
6.0  $  327.2  $  607.8 
(335.2)    (602.9) 
(5.8)   
(75.6)    (117.5) 
(0.9)   
— 
(82.1)   
— 
(6.6) 
— 
(0.1)   
(19.1) 
(4.5)   
— 
(170.2)    (138.3) 
(0.8)   
0.4 
7.9 
14.8 
(0.4)  $  (155.4)  $  (130.4) 

The  Company  is  actively  seeking  a  buyer  for  its  utility  hot  lines  tools  business  located  in  South  America  and,  accordingly, 
assets and liabilities have been reported as held for sale.  Non-cash impairment charges of $1.8 million were recorded to adjust 
net asset value to estimated fair value in 2018.

The  operating  results  for  the  hot  lines  tools  business  are  reported  in  continuing  operations,  within  the  AWP  segment  in  the 
Company’s segment disclosures.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

Assets and liabilities held for sale consist of the Company’s utility hot lines tools business located in South America, mobile 
cranes product lines manufactured in Oklahoma City and Demag, all previously contained in its former Cranes segment.  Such 
assets  and  liabilities  were  classified  as  held  for  sale  upon  meeting  the  requirements  of  ASC  360  -  “Property,  Plant  and 
Equipment”, and are recorded at lower of carrying amounts or fair value less costs to sell.  Assets are no longer depreciated 
once classified as held for sale.

The following table provides the amounts of assets and liabilities held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (in millions):

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables – net

Inventories

Prepaid and other current assets

Impairment reserve

Included in Prepaid and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment – net

Intangible assets – net

Impairment reserve

Other assets

Included in Other assets

Liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Accruals and other current liabilities

Included in Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Included in Other non-current liabilities

December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019

$ 

5.1  $ 

2.3 

1.8 

0.2 

(3.7)   

5.7  $ 

0.7  $ 

1.8 

(2.2)   

0.3 

0.6  $ 

0.7 

1.3 

2.0  $ 

0.7 

0.7  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.0 

3.5 

5.3 

0.2 

(4.8) 

9.2 

0.6 

2.4 

(2.8) 

0.4 

0.6 

4.6 

3.8 

8.4 

1.2 

1.2 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides amounts of cash and cash equivalents presented in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (in 
millions):

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents - continuing operations

Cash and cash equivalents - held for sale

Total cash and cash equivalents

December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018

$ 

$ 

665.0  $ 

535.1  $ 

5.1 

5.0 

670.1  $ 

540.1  $ 

339.5 

32.6 

372.1 

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information related to discontinued operations (in millions):

Non-cash operating items:

Depreciation and amortization
Deferred taxes
Impairments
Investing activities:

Capital expenditures

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

—  $ 
0.1  $ 
0.1  $ 

3.3  $ 
(1.4)  $ 
82.1  $ 

14.4 
(0.2) 
6.6 

—  $ 

(3.4)  $ 

(12.8) 

Gain (Loss) on Disposition of Discontinued Operations - net of tax (in millions)

Gain  (loss)  on  disposition  of 
discontinued operations

(Provision for) benefit from 
income taxes

Gain  (loss)  on  disposition  of 
discontinued  operations  –  net  of 
tax

2020

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,

Cranes MHPS

Total

Cranes MHPS Other

Total

MHPS

Atlas

Other

Total

$ (27.7) $  (0.4) $ (28.1)  $  (1.0) $  (4.6) $  —  $  (5.6)  $  (1.2) $  3.2  $  —  $  2.0 

8.8   

0.1   

8.9 

2.2   

3.4   

0.1   

5.7 

(1.9)  

(0.5)  

2.8   

0.4 

$ (18.9) $  (0.3) $ (19.2)  $  1.2  $  (1.2) $  0.1  $  0.1  $  (3.1) $  2.7  $  2.8  $  2.4 

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE E – EARNINGS PER SHARE

For the year ended December 31,

(in millions, except per share data)

2020

2019

2018

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 

9.0 

$ 

209.7 

$ 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

(0.4) 

(19.2) 

(155.4) 

0.1 

241.7 

(130.4) 

2.4 

113.7 

$ 

(10.6)  $ 

54.4 

$ 

69.6 

71.1 

75.4 

Net income (loss)

Basic shares:

Weighted average shares outstanding

Earnings (loss) per share – basic:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 

0.13 

$ 

2.95 

$ 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

(0.01) 

(0.27) 

(2.18) 

— 

Net income (loss)

Diluted shares:

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

Effect of dilutive securities:

Restricted stock awards

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Earnings (loss) per share – diluted:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 

(0.15)  $ 

0.77 

$ 

69.6 

0.5 

70.1 

71.1 

0.7 

71.8 

$ 

0.13 

$ 

2.92 

$ 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax

(0.01) 

(0.27) 

(2.16) 

— 

Net income (loss)

$ 

(0.15)  $ 

0.76 

$ 

3.21 

(1.73) 

0.03 

1.51 

75.4 

1.5 

76.9 

3.14 

(1.69) 

0.03 

1.48 

Non-vested restricted stock awards granted by the Company are treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing 
diluted  earnings  per  share  using  the  treasury  stock  method.    Weighted  average  restricted  stock  awards  of  approximately  0.8 
million, 0.6 million and 0.2 million were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 
but were not included in the computation of diluted shares as the effect would be anti-dilutive or performance targets were not 
expected to be achieved for awards contingent upon performance.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE F – FINANCE RECEIVABLES

The Company, primarily through TFS, leases equipment and provides financing to customers for the purchase and use of Terex 
equipment.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  TFS  assesses  credit  risk,  establishes  structure  and  pricing  of  financing 
transactions, documents the finance receivable, and records and funds the transactions.  The Company bills and collects cash 
from the end customer.

The Company primarily conducts on-book business in the U.S., with limited business in other jurisdictions.  The Company does 
business with various types of customers consisting of rental houses, end user customers and Terex equipment dealers.

The Company’s net finance receivable balances include both sales-type leases and commercial loans.  Finance receivables that 
management intends to hold until maturity are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan 
losses as well as any deferred fees and costs.  Finance receivables originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are 
carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, on an individual asset basis.  During the years ended December 31, 2020, 
2019 and 2018, the Company transferred finance receivables of $79.7 million, $226.2 million and $290.5 million, respectively, 
to third-party financial institutions, which qualified for sales treatment under ASC 860.  During the years ended December 31, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded gains on transferred finance receivables of $1.8 million, $5.4 million, and $3.3 
million,  respectively,  which  were  recorded  as  sales  by  TFS  and  were  reported  in  the  Corporate  and  Other  category.    At 
December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  $8.4  million  and  $17.6  million,  respectively,  of  held  for  sale  finance 
receivables recorded in Prepaid and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Revenue attributable to finance receivables management intends to hold until maturity is recognized on the accrual basis using 
the  effective  interest  method.    The  Company  bills  customers  and  accrues  interest  income  monthly  on  the  unpaid  principal 
balance.  The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 
days past due or management has significant doubts about further collectability of contractual payments, even though the loan 
may  be  currently  performing.    A  receivable  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if  it  is  in  the  process  of  collection  and  is  either 
guaranteed  or  secured.    Interest  received  on  non-accrual  finance  receivables  is  typically  applied  against  principal.    Finance 
receivables are generally restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current and the borrower has performed in 
accordance  with  the  contractual  terms  for  a  reasonable  period  of  time  and  the  ultimate  collectability  of  the  total  contractual 
principal  and  interest  is  no  longer  in  doubt.    The  Company  has  a  history  of  enforcing  the  terms  of  these  separate  financing 
agreements.    During  2020,  the  Company  offered  principal  payment  relief  options  to  customers  impacted  by  the  COVID-19 
pandemic.  These loan modifications are accounted for in accordance with Section 4013 of the CARES Act and therefore are 
not treated as troubled debt restructurings for accounting or disclosure purposes.

Finance receivables, net consisted of the following (in millions):

Commercial loans
Sales-type leases

Total finance receivables, gross
Allowance for credit losses
Total finance receivables, net

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

$ 

$ 

118.2  $ 
11.6 
129.8 
(13.8)   
116.0  $ 

145.7 
20.5 
166.2 
(11.0) 
155.2 

Approximately  $39  million  and  $52  million  of  finance  receivables  are  recorded  in  Prepaid  and  other  current  assets  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Approximately $77 million and $103 million are recorded in Other assets in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  In February 2021, the Company transferred finance 
receivables of $89.9 million to TCF National Bank, which qualified for sales treatment under ASC 860.  The Company received 
$99.4 million cash proceeds from the sale and recognized a net gain of $7.4 million.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
Credit losses are charged against the allowance for credit losses when management ceases active collection efforts.  Subsequent 
recoveries, if any, are credited to earnings.  The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level set by management which 
represents  evaluation  of  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio  at  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  date.    Management’s 
periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, market-based loss 
experience,  specific  customer  situations,  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts  of  customer  default,  estimated  value  of  any 
underlying collateral, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, since it 
requires estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.  Although specific and general loss allowances are established 
in accordance with management’s best estimate, actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions 
to or decreases from the level of loss allowances may be necessary.

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for credit losses (in millions):

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-
Type 
Leases

Total

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-
Type 
Leases

Total

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-
Type 
Leases

Total

Balance, beginning of 
period

Provision for credit 

losses

Charge offs

Recoveries 
Balance, end of 
period

$ 

10.5  $ 

0.5  $  11.0  $ 

4.0  $ 

1.5  $ 

5.5  $ 

5.7  $ 

0.9  $ 

6.6 

2.9 

(0.5)   

2.4 

6.9 

(1.0)   

5.9 

(0.5)   

0.6 

(0.2)    — 

(0.2)   

(0.4)    — 

(0.4)   

(1.1)    — 

0.6 

  — 

0.6 

— 

  — 

  — 

(0.1)    — 

0.1 

(1.1) 

(0.1) 

$ 

13.8  $  —  $  13.8  $ 

10.5  $ 

0.5  $  11.0  $ 

4.0  $ 

1.5  $ 

5.5 

The  Company  utilizes  a  two-tier  approach  to  set  allowances:  (1)  identification  of  impaired  finance  receivables  and 
establishment  of  specific  loss  allowances  on  such  receivables;  and  (2)  establishment  of  general  loss  allowances  on  the 
remainder of its portfolio.  Specific loss allowances are established based on circumstances and factors of specific receivables.  
The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  portfolio  which  allows  for  early  identification  of  potentially  impaired  receivables.    The 
process  takes  into  consideration,  among  other  things,  delinquency  status,  type  of  collateral  and  other  factors  specific  to  the 
borrower.

General loss allowance levels are determined based upon a combination of factors including, but not limited to, TFS experience, 
general market loss experience, performance of the portfolio, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts 
of customer defaults and collateral values, and management's judgment.  The two primary risk characteristics inherent in the 
portfolio  are  (1)  the  customer's  ability  to  meet  contractual  payment  terms,  and  (2)  the  liquidation  values  of  the  underlying 
primary and secondary collaterals.  The Company records a general or unallocated loss allowance that is calculated by applying 
a reserve rate to its portfolio, net of individually impaired finance receivables.  Accounts are considered delinquent when the 
billed periodic payments of the finance receivables exceed 30 days past the due date.  All delinquent accounts are reviewed for 
potential impairment.  A receivable is deemed to be impaired when based on current information and events, it is expected that 
the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Amount of 
impairment is measured as the difference between the balance outstanding and underlying collateral value of equipment being 
financed, as well as any other collateral.  All finance receivables identified as impaired are evaluated individually.  Generally, 
the Company does not change terms and conditions of existing finance receivables.

The following table presents individually impaired finance receivables (in millions):

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-Type 
Leases

Total

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-Type 
Leases

Total

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-Type 
Leases

Total

$ 

22.0  $ 

—  $  22.0  $ 

7.8  $ 

—  $ 

7.8  $ 

1.5  $ 

—  $ 

1.5 

10.9 

— 

10.9 

7.8 

— 

7.8 

0.6 

— 

0.6 

19.2 

0.2 

19.4 

7.5 

— 

7.5 

2.4 

— 

2.4 

Recorded 
investment
Related 
allowance

Average 
recorded 
investment

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  allowance  for  credit  losses  and  finance  receivables  by  portfolio,  segregated  by  those  amounts  that  are  individually 
evaluated for impairment and those that are collectively evaluated for impairment, was as follows (in millions):

Allowance for credit losses, ending 
balance:

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-Type 
Leases

Total

Commercial 
Loans

Sales-Type 
Leases

Total

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Individually evaluated for impairment

Collectively evaluated for impairment

Total allowance for credit losses

$ 

$ 

10.9  $ 

—  $ 

10.9  $ 

7.8  $ 

—  $ 

2.9 

— 

2.9 

2.7 

0.5 

7.8 

3.2 

13.8  $ 

—  $ 

13.8  $ 

10.5  $ 

0.5  $ 

11.0 

Finance receivables, ending balance:

Individually evaluated for impairment

$ 

22.0  $ 

—  $ 

22.0  $ 

7.8  $ 

—  $ 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

96.2 

11.6 

107.8 

137.9 

20.5 

Total finance receivables

$ 

118.2  $ 

11.6  $ 

129.8  $ 

145.7  $ 

20.5  $ 

7.8 

158.4 

166.2 

The following tables present analysis of aging of recorded investment in finance receivables (in millions):

Commercial loans
Sales-type leases
Total finance receivables

Commercial loans
Sales-type leases
Total finance receivables

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2020

Current

31-60 days past 
due

61-90 days past 
due

Greater than 90 
days past due

Total past due

Total Finance 
Receivables

104.5  $ 
10.3 
114.8  $ 

1.3  $ 
1.2 
2.5  $ 

2.4  $ 
— 
2.4  $ 

10.0  $ 
0.1 
10.1  $ 

13.7  $ 
1.3 
15.0  $ 

118.2 
11.6 
129.8 

December 31, 2019

Current

31-60 days past 
due

61-90 days past 
due

Greater than 90 
days past due

Total past due

Total Finance 
Receivables

135.1  $ 
20.2 
155.3  $ 

2.4  $ 
— 
2.4  $ 

0.1  $ 
0.3 
0.4  $ 

8.1  $ 
— 
8.1  $ 

10.6  $ 
0.3 
10.9  $ 

145.7 
20.5 
166.2 

Commercial loans in the amount of $31.4 million and $27.1 million were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019,  respectively.    Sales-type  leases  in  the  amount  of  $0.1  million  and  $0.3  million  were  on  non-accrual  status  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Information

Credit quality is reviewed periodically based on customers’ payment status. In addition to delinquency status, any information 
received regarding a customer (such as bankruptcy filings, etc.) will also be considered to determine the credit quality of the 
customer.    Collateral  asset  values  are  also  monitored  regularly  to  determine  the  potential  loss  exposures  on  any  given 
transaction.

The Company uses the following internal credit quality indicators, based on an internal risk rating system, using certain external 
credit data, listed from the lowest level of risk to highest level of risk.  The internal rating system considers factors affecting 
specific borrowers’ ability to repay.

The following table presents finance receivables by risk rating and year of origination as of December 31, 2020 (in millions):

Rating

Superior

Above Average

Average

Below Average

Sub Standard

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Prior

Total

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

5.1   

15.1   

1.6   

—   

2.1   

27.0   

16.2   

8.4   

2.6   

23.6   

18.7   

0.2   

—   

2.7   

1.6   

—   

—   

—   

3.9   

—   

1.0   

—   

—   

—   

— 

10.8 

68.4 

42.0 

8.6 

Total

$ 

21.8  $ 

53.7  $ 

45.1  $ 

4.3  $ 

3.9  $ 

1.0  $ 

129.8 

The following table present finance receivables by risk rating and year of origination as of December 31, 2019 (in millions):

Rating

Superior

Above Average

Average

Below Average

Sub Standard

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Prior

Total

$ 

1.7  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

12.6   

20.8   

44.6   

7.7   

3.0   

17.1   

43.1   

1.1   

—   

3.4   

4.6   

—   

—   

0.7   

3.9   

—   

1.7   

0.1   

—   

0.1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

1.7 

17.3 

42.1 

96.2 

8.9 

Total

$ 

87.4  $ 

64.3  $ 

8.0  $ 

4.6  $ 

1.9  $ 

—  $ 

166.2 

The Company believes the finance receivables retained, net of allowance for credit losses, are collectible.

NOTE G – INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following (in millions):

Finished equipment

Replacement parts

Work-in-process

Raw materials and supplies

Inventories

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

195.8  $ 

157.0 

57.2 

200.4 

$ 

610.4  $ 

408.1 

160.8 

78.7 

200.1 

847.7 

Reserves for lower of cost or NRV and excess and obsolete inventory were $61.8 million and $53.2 million at December 31, 
2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE H – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment – net consist of the following (in millions):

Property

Plant

Equipment

Leasehold improvements

Construction in progress

Property, plant and equipment – gross

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment – net

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

43.6  $ 

250.1 

390.2 

49.9 

31.1 

764.9 

40.9 

168.1 

358.3 

55.8 

101.1 

724.2 

(358.3)   

$ 

406.6  $ 

(334.8) 

389.4 

Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and  2018  was  $42.3  million,  $39.6  million  and  $39.0 
million,  respectively.    During  2020,  the  Company  completed  construction  of  a  manufacturing  facility  in  Watertown,  South 
Dakota.  Related assets were placed in service and transferred from construction in progress to plant and equipment.

NOTE I – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

An analysis of changes in the Company’s goodwill by business segment is as follows (in millions):

Balance at December 31, 2018, gross

Accumulated impairment 

Balance at December 31, 2018, net
Foreign exchange effect and other

Balance at December 31, 2019, gross 

Accumulated impairment

Balance at December 31, 2019, net

Foreign exchange effect and other

Balance at December 31, 2020, gross

Accumulated impairment

Balance at December 31, 2020, net

Intangible assets, net were comprised of the following (in millions):

$ 

AWP

MP

Total

139.2  $ 
(38.6)   
100.6 
0.1 

187.8  $ 
(23.2)   
164.6 
4.6 

139.3 

192.4 

(38.6)   

(23.2)   

100.7 

1.3 

140.6 

169.2 

4.2 

196.6 

(38.6)   

(23.2)   

327.0 
(61.8) 
265.2 
4.7 

331.7 

(61.8) 

269.9 

5.5 

337.2 

(61.8) 

$ 

102.0  $ 

173.4  $ 

275.4 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

Technology

Customer Relationships

Land Use Rights
Other

Weighted 
Average 
Life
(in years)

7

22

80
8

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

$  10.1  $ 

(9.6)  $ 

0.5  $ 

9.4  $ 

(8.8)  $ 

26.1 

4.4 
25.5 

(24.1)   

(0.7)   
(23.4)   

2.0 

3.7 
2.1 

25.6 

4.3 
25.1 

(22.8) 

(0.7) 
(22.4) 

0.6 

2.8 

3.6 
2.7 

9.7 

Total definite-lived intangible assets

$  66.1  $ 

(57.8)  $ 

8.3  $  64.4  $ 

(54.7)  $ 

(in millions)

Aggregate Amortization Expense

For the Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

$ 

1.8 

$ 

1.8 

$ 

1.8 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated aggregate intangible asset amortization expense (in millions) for each of the next five years is as follows:

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

$ 

1.7 

1.3 

0.7 

0.5 

0.4 

NOTE J – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  Company  operates  internationally,  with  manufacturing  and  sales  facilities  in  various  locations  around  the  world.    In  the 
normal course of business, the Company uses cash flow derivatives to manage  exposures.  For a derivative to qualify for hedge 
accounting  treatment  at  inception  and  throughout  the  hedge  period,  the  Company  formally  documents  the  nature  and 
relationships  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk-management  objectives  and  strategies  for 
undertaking various hedge transactions, and method of assessing hedge effectiveness.  Additionally, for hedges of forecasted 
transactions,  significant  characteristics  and  expected  terms  of  a  forecasted  transaction  must  be  specifically  identified,  and  it 
must be probable that each forecasted transaction will occur.  If it is deemed probable the forecasted transaction will not occur, 
then  the  gain  or  loss  would  be  recognized  in  current  earnings.    Financial  instruments  qualifying  for  hedge  accounting  must 
maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the item being hedged.  The Company does not 
engage in trading or other speculative use of financial instruments.  The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value 
on a recurring basis.  The Company’s derivative financial instruments are categorized under the ASC 820 hierarchy; see Note A 
- “Basis of Presentation” for an explanation of the hierarchy.

Interest Rate Caps and Commodity Swaps

Derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  include  interest  rate  caps  and  commodity  swaps  with  outstanding 
notional amounts of $300.0 million and $26.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020.  Commodity swaps outstanding 
at  December  31,  2020  mature  on  or  before  August  31,  2022.    There  were  no  interest  rate  caps  outstanding  at  December  31, 
2019.    The  outstanding  notional  amount  of  commodity  swaps  was  $7.0  million  at  December  31,  2019.    The  Company  uses 
interest  rate  caps  to  mitigate  its  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates  related  to  variable  rate  debt  and  commodity  swaps  to 
mitigate  price  risk  for  hot  rolled  coil  steel.    Fair  values  of  interest  rate  caps  are  based  on  the  present  value  of  future  cash 
payments and receipts.  Fair values of commodity swaps are based on observable market data for similar assets and liabilities.  
Changes in the fair value of interest rate caps and commodity swaps are deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss)  (“AOCI”).    Gains  or  losses  on  interest  rate  caps  are  reclassified  to  Interest  expense  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  when  the  underlying  hedged  transactions  occur.    Gains  or  losses  on  commodity  swaps  are 
reclassified to COGS in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) when the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Cross Currency Swaps

Derivatives designated as net investment hedging instruments include cross currency swaps with outstanding notional amounts 
of $97.7 million at December 31, 2020.  There were no cross currency swaps designated as net investment hedging instruments 
outstanding  at  December  31,  2019.    The  Company  uses  these  cross  currency  swaps  to  mitigate  its  exposure  to  changes  in 
foreign currency exchange rates related to a net investment in a Euro-denominated functional currency subsidiary.  Fair values 
of cross currency swaps are based on the present value of future cash payments and receipts.  Changes in the fair value of cross 
currency  swaps  are  deferred  in  AOCI.    Gains  or  losses  on  cross  currency  swaps  are  reclassified  to  Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) when the net investment is liquidated.

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments include cross currency swaps.  There were no cross currency swaps 
designated as cash flow hedging instruments outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The Company used cross currency 
swaps to mitigate its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Fair values of cross currency swaps are based on 
the  present  value  of  future  cash  payments  and  receipts.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  cross  currency  swaps  were  deferred  in 
AOCI.    Gains  or  losses  on  cross  currency  swaps  were  reclassified  to  Other  income  (expense)  -  net  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of Income (Loss) when the underlying hedged item is re-measured.

F-32

 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts 

The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  manage  variability  of  future  cash  flows  associated  with  changing 
currency  exchange  rates.    Primary  currencies  to  which  the  Company  is  exposed  are  the  Euro,  British  Pound  and  Australian 
Dollar.  Foreign currency exchange contracts, whether designated or not designated as cash flow hedges, are used to mitigate 
exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on recognized assets and liabilities.  Fair values of these contracts are 
derived using quoted forward foreign exchange prices to interpolate values of outstanding trades at the reporting date based on 
their maturities.  Foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2020 mature on or before January 27, 2021.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $7.8 million and $233.0 million notional amount, respectively, of foreign 
exchange  contracts  outstanding  that  were  designated  as  cash  flow  hedge  contracts.    For  effective  hedging  instruments, 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  associated  with  foreign  exchange  contracts  are  deferred  as  a  component  of  AOCI  until  the 
underlying hedged transactions settle and are reclassified to COGS in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss).

The Company had $54.2 million and $121.2 million notional amount of foreign exchange contracts outstanding that were not 
designated as hedging instruments at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The majority of gains and losses recognized 
from foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments are offset by changes in the underlying hedged items, 
resulting  in  no  material  net  impact  on  earnings.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  these  derivative  financial  instruments  are 
recognized as gains or losses in Other income (expense) – net in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss).

The  following  table  provides  the  location  and  fair  value  amounts  of  derivative  instruments  designated  and  not  designated  as 
hedging instruments that are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (in millions):

Instrument (1)
Foreign exchange contracts Other current assets

Balance Sheet Account

$ 

Commodity swaps

Commodity swaps

Other current assets

Other non-current assets

Foreign exchange contracts Other current liabilities
Cross currency swaps - net 
investment hedge

Other current liabilities

Interest rate caps
Cross currency swaps - net 
investment hedge

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Interest rate caps

Other non-current liabilities  

Net derivative asset (liability)

$ 

(1) Categorized as Level 2 under the ASC 820 Fair Value Hierarchy.

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

Derivatives 
designated as 
hedges

Derivatives not 
designated as 
hedges

Derivatives 
designated as 
hedges

Derivatives not 
designated as 
hedges

—  $ 

7.2   

0.3   

—   

(2.0)  

(1.2)  

(8.2)  

(2.6)  

(6.5) $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.1  $ 

—   

—   

(3.9)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—  $ 

0.2  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments that are designated as hedges in AOCI (in millions):

Gain (Loss) Recognized on Derivatives 
in OCI, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI 
into Income

Year Ended December 31,

Instrument

2020

2019

2018

Income Statement Account

2020

2019

2018

Foreign exchange contracts $ 

(0.6) $ 

7.0   

2.7  $ 

0.3  $ 

(5.4) Cost of goods sold

$ 

(2.1) $ 

(5.5) $ 

(1.2) Cost of goods sold

(2.4)  

(2.8)  

Commodity swaps
Cross currency swaps - 
cash flow hedge
Cross currency swaps - net 
investment hedges

Interest rate caps

—   

0.6   

0.1 

Other income (expense) - net

(8.8)  

(2.8)  

—   

—   

Selling, general and 
administrative expenses

— 

—  Interest expense

—   

1.1   

—   

(0.4)  

—   

—   

(1.4) 

(0.2) 

2.1 

— 

— 

0.5 

Total

$ 

(5.2) $ 

3.6  $ 

(6.5)  Total

$ 

(4.9) $ 

(7.2) $ 

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments that are designated as hedges in the Consolidated Statement of 
Income (Loss) (in millions):

Classification and amount of Gain or Loss
Recognized in Income

Cost of goods sold

Interest Expense

Other income (expense) - net

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Income Statement 
Accounts in which effects 
of cash flow hedges are 
recorded

$ (2,537.1) $ (3,465.3) $ (3,555.3)  $  (65.9) $  (87.9) $  (72.8)  $ 

4.9  $ 

(6.1) $  (60.6) 

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Loss):
Foreign exchange 
contracts

(2.1)  

(5.5)  

Commodity swaps
Cross currency swaps - 
cash flow hedge

Interest rate caps

(2.4)  

(2.8)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

(1.4) 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

—   

—   

—   

(0.4)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

— 

—   

—   

—   

—   

Amount excluded from effectiveness testing recognized in  Income (Loss) based on amortization approach:
Cross currency swaps - net 
investment hedge

0.5   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

—   

—   

—   

1.1   

—   

—   

Total

$ 

(4.5) $ 

(8.3) $ 

(1.6)  $ 

0.1  $  —  $  —  $  —  $ 

1.1  $ 

— 

— 

2.1 

— 

— 

2.1 

Derivatives  not  designated  as  hedges  are  used  to  offset  foreign  exchange  gains  or  losses  resulting  from  the  underlying 
exposures  of  foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities.    The  following  table  provides  the  effect  of  non-designated 
derivatives outstanding at the end of the period in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) (in millions):

Instrument

Foreign exchange contracts

Foreign exchange contracts
Debt conversion feature (1)

Total

Income Statement Account

2020

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31,

Cost of goods sold

Other income (expense) – net

Other income (expense) – net

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.6  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.6  $ 

—  $ 

(0.2)  

(0.5)  

(0.7) $ 

— 

(0.1) 

(0.9) 

(1.0) 

(1)  Debt conversion feature on a convertible promissory note held by the Company.

In the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss), the Company records hedging activity related to interest rate caps, commodity 
swaps, cross currency swaps, foreign exchange contracts and the debt conversion feature in the accounts for which the hedged 
items are recorded.  On the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company presents cash flows from hedging activities in 
the same manner as it records the underlying item being hedged.

Counterparties  to  the  Company’s  derivative  financial  instruments  are  major  financial  institutions  and  commodity  trading 
companies  with  credit  ratings  of  investment  grade  or  better  and  no  collateral  is  required.    There  are  no  significant  risk 
concentrations.    Management  continues  to  monitor  counterparty  risk  and  believes  the  risk  of  incurring  losses  on  derivative 
contracts related to credit risk is unlikely and any losses would be immaterial. 

See  Note  N  -  “Stockholders’  Equity”  for  unrealized  net  gains  (losses),  net  of  tax,  included  in  AOCI.    Within  unrealized  net 
gains  (losses)  included  in  AOCI  as  of  December  31,  2020,  it  is  estimated  that  $2.1  million  of  gains  are  expected  to  be 
reclassified into earnings in the next twelve months.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE K – LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt is summarized as follows (in millions):

5-5/8% Senior Notes due February 1, 2025, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $6.0 and 
$7.5 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

$ 

594.0  $ 

592.5 

December 31,

2020

2019

2017 Credit Agreement – term debt due January 31, 2024 (“Original Term Loan”, as defined 
below), net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $3.0 and $4.0 at December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively

2017 Credit Agreement – term debt due January 31, 2024 (“2019 Term Loan”, as defined 
below), net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $1.6 and $2.1 at December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively

Finance lease obligations

Other

Total debt

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt, less current portion

2017 Credit Agreement

381.0 

383.8 

194.3 

4.4 

0.1 

195.6 

3.7 

0.1 

1,173.8 

1,175.7 

(7.6)   

(6.9) 

$ 

1,166.2  $ 

1,168.8 

On  January  31,  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  (as  amended,  the  “2017  Credit  Agreement”)  with  the 
lenders and issuing banks party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch (“CSAG”), as administrative agent and 
collateral agent.  The 2017 Credit Agreement includes (i) a $600 million revolving line of credit (the “Revolver”) and (ii) senior 
secured term loans totaling $600 million that will mature on January 31, 2024 (the “Term Loans”); both are further described 
below.  On April 23, 2020, the Company entered into a Loan Modification Agreement and Amendment No. 4 (“Amendment 
No. 4”) to the 2017 Credit Agreement.  Amendment No. 4 extended the term of the Revolver to expire on January 31, 2023.

The  2017  Credit  Agreement  contains  a  $400  million  senior  secured  term  loan  (the  “Original  Term  Loan”).    On  August  17, 
2017, the Company entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the 2017 Credit Agreement 
which lowered the interest rate on the Original Term Loan by 25 basis points.  On February 28, 2018, the Company entered into 
an  Incremental  Assumption  Agreement  and  Amendment  No.  2  (“Amendment  No.  2”)  to  the  2017  Credit  Agreement  which 
lowered the interest rate on the Original Term Loan by an additional 25 basis points.  The Original Term Loan portion of the 
2017 Credit Agreement bears interest at a rate of London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.00% with a 0.75% LIBOR 
floor.    On  March  7,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Incremental  Assumption  Agreement  and  Amendment  No.  3 
(“Amendment No. 3”) to the 2017 Credit Agreement.  Amendment No. 3 provided the Company with an additional term loan 
(the “2019 Term Loan”) under the 2017 Credit Agreement in the amount of $200 million.  The 2019 Term Loan portion of the 
2017 Credit Agreement bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% with a 0.75% LIBOR floor. 

The 2017 Credit Agreement allows unlimited incremental commitments, which may be extended at the option of the existing or 
new lenders and can be in the form of revolving credit commitments, term loan commitments, or a combination of both, with 
incremental  amounts  in  excess  of  $300  million  ($150  million  through  2021  as  a  result  of  Amendment  No.  4)  as  long  as  the 
Company satisfies a senior secured leverage ratio contained in the 2017 Credit Agreement.

The 2017 Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with a number of covenants which limit, in certain circumstances, 
the Company’s ability to take a variety of actions, including but not limited to: incur indebtedness; create or maintain liens on 
its property or assets; make investments, loans and advances; repurchase shares of its common stock; engage in acquisitions, 
mergers, consolidations and asset sales; redeem debt; and pay dividends and distributions.  If the Company’s borrowings under 
the Revolver are greater than 30% of the total revolving credit commitments, the 2017 Credit Agreement requires the Company 
to comply with certain financial tests, as defined in the 2017 Credit Agreement.  Amendment No. 4 waived compliance with the 
minimum required levels of the interest coverage ratio (“Interest Coverage Ratio”) and the maximum permitted levels of the 
senior  secured  leverage  ratio  (“Senior  Secured  Leverage  Ratio”)  through  December  31,  2020,  replacing  them  with  a  sliding 
scale minimum liquidity requirement of $100 million at June 30 and September 30, 2020 and $150 million at December 31, 
2020.  Maximum levels of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be 3.75 to 1.0 at March 31, 2021, 3.25 to 1.0 at June 30, 
2021 and 2.75 to 1.0 at September 30, 2021 and thereafter.  If applicable, beginning in 2022, the Interest Coverage Ratio would 
be 2.5 to 1.0.  The 2017 Credit Agreement also contains customary default provisions.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  Amendment  No.  4  prohibited  share  repurchases  and  dividends,  contained  anti-cash  hoarding  provisions  and 
additional  financial  reporting  provisions  until  December  31,  2020.    Amendment  No.  4  also  increased  the  interest  rate  on  the 
Revolver  by  25  basis  points  until  December  31,  2021.    The  Company,  at  its  sole  option,  has  the  ability  to  revert  to  original 
financial covenants and Revolver pricing.  The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the 2017 Credit 
Agreement as of December 31, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to Amendment 
No. 2 to the 2017 Credit Agreement of approximately $0.7 million.

As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had,  $579.9  million  and  $585.5  million,  net  of  discount,  respectively,  in 
Term  Loans  outstanding  under  the  2017  Credit  Agreement.    The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  the  Term  Loans  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 3.00% and 4.10%, respectively.  The Company had no revolving credit amounts outstanding 
as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.  In February 2021, the Company initiated its option to prepay the 2019 Term 
Loan  under  the  2017  Credit  Agreement  prior  to  its  maturity  date  to  reduce  the  Company’s  outstanding  debt  and  lower  its 
leverage.  The Company expects to record a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to prepayment of approximately $2 
million for accelerated amortization of debt acquisition costs and original issue discount in the first quarter of 2021.

The Company issues letters of credit that generally serve as collateral for certain liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet  and  guaranteeing  the  Company’s  performance  under  contracts.    Letters  of  credit  can  be  issued  under  two  facilities 
provided in the 2017 Credit Agreement and via bilateral arrangements outside the 2017 Credit Agreement.

The 2017 Credit Agreement incorporates secured facilities for issuance of letters of credit up to $400 million (the “$400 Million 
Facility”).  Letters of credit issued under the $400 Million Facility decrease availability under the Revolver.  The 2017 Credit 
Agreement also permits the Company to have additional secured facilities for the issuance of letters of credit up to $300 million 
(the “$300 Million Facility”).  Letters of credit issued under the $300 Million Facility do not decrease availability under the 
Revolver.

The Company also has bilateral arrangements to issue letters of credit with various other financial institutions (the “Bilateral 
Arrangements”).  The Bilateral Arrangements are not secured under the 2017 Credit Agreement and do not decrease availability 
under the Revolver. 

Letters of credit outstanding (in millions):

$400 Million Facility
$300 Million Facility
Bilateral Arrangements
Total

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

35.3 
47.2 
82.5  $ 

— 
34.8 
45.3 
80.1 

Furthermore, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries agreed to take certain actions to secure borrowings under the 2017 
Credit  Agreement.    As  a  result,  on  January  31,  2017,  Terex  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Guarantee  and 
Collateral  Agreement  with  CSAG,  as  collateral  agent  for  the  lenders,  granting  security  and  guarantees  to  the  lenders  for 
amounts borrowed under the 2017 Credit Agreement.  Pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Terex is required to 
(a) pledge as collateral the capital stock of the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain 
of  the  Company’s  material  foreign  subsidiaries,  and  (b)  provide  a  first  priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s domestic assets.

5-5/8% Senior Notes

On  January  31,  2017,  the  Company  sold  and  issued  $600.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Senior  Notes  Due  2025 
(“5-5/8% Notes”) at par in a private offering.  The proceeds from the 5-5/8% Notes, together with cash on hand, including cash 
from the sale of the Company’s Material Handling and Port Solutions business, was used: (i) to complete a tender offer for up 
to $550.0 million of the Company’s Senior Notes due 2021 (“6% Notes”), (ii) to redeem and discharge such portion of the 6% 
Notes  not  purchased  in  the  tender  offer,  (iii)  to  fund  a  $300.0  million  partial  redemption  of  the  6%  Notes,  (iv)  to  fund 
repayment of all $300.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Company’s 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 on or 
before April 3, 2017, (v) to pay related premiums, fees, discounts and expenses, and (vi) for general corporate purposes.  The 
5-5/8% Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

F-36

 
 
 
 
Schedule of Debt Maturities

Scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2020 in the successive five-
year period and thereafter are summarized below.  Amounts shown are exclusive of minimum lease payments for capital lease 
obligations (in millions):

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Total Debt
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

Net debt

Fair Value of Debt

$ 

$ 
$ 

6.0 
5.5 
5.5 
563.0 
600.0 
1,180.0 
(10.6) 
1,169.4 

Based  on  indicative  price  quotations  from  financial  institutions  multiplied  by  the  amount  recorded  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  (“Book  Value”),  the  Company  estimates  the  fair  values  of  its  debt  set  forth  below  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, as follows (in millions, except for quotes):

2020

5-5/8% Notes
2017 Credit Agreement - Original Term Loan (net of discount)
2017 Credit Agreement - 2019 Term Loan (net of discount)

Book Value

$ 
$ 
$ 

600.0  $ 
384.0  $ 
195.9  $ 

Quote
1.02750  $ 
0.98750  $ 
0.99000  $ 

Fair Value

616.5 
379.2 
193.9 

2019

5-5/8% Notes
2017 Credit Agreement - Original Term Loan (net of discount)
2017 Credit Agreement - 2019 Term Loan (net of discount)

Book Value

$ 
$ 
$ 

600.0  $ 
387.8  $ 
197.7  $ 

Quote
1.03375  $ 
1.00656  $ 
1.00938  $ 

Fair Value

620.3 
390.3 
199.6 

The fair value of debt reported in the table above is based on price quotations on the debt instrument in an active market and 
therefore is categorized under Level 1 of the ASC 820 hierarchy.  See Note A – “Basis of Presentation” for an explanation of 
ASC 820 hierarchy.  The Company believes that the carrying value of its other borrowings, including amounts outstanding, if 
any, for the revolving credit line under the 2017 Credit Agreement approximate fair market value based on maturities for debt 
of similar terms.  Fair value of these other borrowings are categorized under Level 2 of the ASC 820 hierarchy.

The Company paid $58.1 million, $70.9 million and $57.5 million of interest in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

NOTE L – LEASES

Terex has operating leases for real property, vehicles and office and industrial equipment, generally expiring over terms from 1 
to 15 years.  Many of the leases held by Terex include options to extend or terminate the lease.

Real property leases are used for office, administrative and industrial purposes. The base terms of these leases typically expire 
between 2 and 10 years, with options to renew between 1 and 15 years.  Most of our renewal options are linked to market 
conditions  and  Terex  cannot  estimate  how  existing  renewal  options  will  affect  the  monthly  payments.    Residual  value 
guarantees are not material.

The vehicle leases mainly include cars and trucks.  Term length for these leases typically varies between 1 and 7 years. 

Office  and  industrial  equipment  leases  primarily  include  machinery  used  for  conducting  business  at  office  locations  and 
manufacturing sites worldwide.  Term length for these leases typically varies between 1 and 6 years.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
Operating Leases

Operating lease cost consists of the following (in millions):

Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Total operating lease costs

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

32.0  $ 
4.9 
4.8 
41.7  $ 

33.8 
6.7 
5.0 
45.5 

Variable  lease  costs  correspond  to  future  period  lease  payments  which  are  determined  at  fair  market  value  at  determined 
points in time.  Operating lease obligations consist primarily of commitments to rent real properties.

Rental expense under operating leases was $37.5 million in 2018, prior to the adoption of the current leasing standard.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases (in millions, except lease term and discount rate):

December 31,

Operating lease right-of-use assets included within Other assets

Current maturities of operating leases included within Other current liabilities

Non-current operating leases included within Other liabilities

Total operating lease liabilities

Weighted average discount rate for operating leases

Weighted average remaining operating lease term in years

Maturities of operating lease liabilities (in millions):

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

Total undiscounted operating lease payments

Less: Imputed interest

Total operating lease liabilities

Less: Current maturities of operating lease liabilities 

Non-current operating lease liabilities

2020

102.9 

24.8 

82.9 

107.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 5.33 %

5

2019

122.9 

25.9 

104.7 

130.6 

 5.58 %

6

29.5 

26.6 

23.6 

17.1 

11.3 

14.1 

122.2 

(14.5) 

107.7 

(24.8) 

82.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Supplemental cash flow and other information related to operating leases (in millions):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

Operating right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

December 31,

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

32.1  $ 

21.4  $ 

36.6 

22.9 

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE M – RETIREMENT PLANS AND OTHER BENEFITS

U.S. Pension Plan

The  Company  maintains  a  nonqualified  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“U.S.  SERP”).    The  U.S.  SERP  provides 
retirement benefits to certain former U.S. employees of the Company.  Generally, the U.S. SERP provides a benefit based on 
average total compensation earned over a participant’s final five years of employment and years of service reduced by benefits 
earned under any Company retirement program, excluding salary deferrals and matching contributions.  In addition, benefits are 
reduced  by  Social  Security  Primary  Insurance  Amounts  attributable  to  Company  contributions.    The  U.S.  SERP  is  unfunded 
and participation in the U.S. SERP has been frozen.  There is a defined contribution plan for certain senior executives of the 
Company.

The Company maintained one qualified defined benefit pension plan covering certain domestic employees (the “Terex Plan”).  
Participation in the Terex Plan for all employees was frozen.  Participants were credited with post-freeze service for purposes of 
determining vesting and retirement eligibility only.  The benefits covering salaried employees were based primarily on years of 
service and employees’ qualifying compensation during the final years of employment.  The benefits covering bargaining unit 
employees were based primarily on years of service and a flat dollar amount per year of service.  The Company’s policy was 
generally  to  fund  the  Terex  Plan  based  on  the  requirements  of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974 
(“ERISA”).    Plan  assets  consisted  primarily  of  common  stocks,  bonds  and  short-term  cash  equivalent  funds.    In  November 
2018,  the  Company  completed  the  termination  of  the  Terex  Plan  as  further  described  below.    There  were  no  minimum 
contribution requirements for the 2018 plan year.

Non-U.S. Plans

The Company maintains defined benefit plans in France, Germany, India, Switzerland and the United Kingdom for some of its 
subsidiaries.  Participation in the United Kingdom plan has been frozen.  The United Kingdom plan is a funded plan and the 
Company funds this plan in accordance with funding regulations in the United Kingdom and a negotiated agreement between 
the Company and the plan’s trustee.  The Switzerland plan is a funded plan and the Company funds this plan in accordance with 
funding regulations.  Participation in the German plans is frozen; however, eligible participants are credited with post-freeze 
service for purposes of determining vesting and the amount of benefits.  The plans in France, Germany, and India are unfunded 
plans.    In  Italy,  there  are  mandatory  termination  indemnity  plans  providing  a  benefit  that  is  payable  upon  termination  of 
employment in substantially all cases of termination.  The Company records this obligation based on mandated requirements.  
The measure of current obligation is not dependent on the employees’ future service and therefore is measured at current value.

Other Post-employment Benefits

The Company has several non-pension post-retirement benefit programs.  The Company provides post-employment health and 
life  insurance  benefits  to  certain  former  salaried  and  hourly  employees.    The  health  care  programs  are  contributory,  with 
participants’ contributions adjusted annually, and the life insurance plan is noncontributory.

Savings Plans

The Company sponsors various tax deferred savings plans into which eligible employees may elect to contribute a portion of 
their compensation.  The Company may, but is not obligated to, contribute to certain of these plans.  Charges recognized for 
these  savings  plans  were  $17.9  million,  $20.8  million  and  $21.9  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and 
2018, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, Company matching contributions to tax deferred 
savings plans were invested at the direction of plan participants.

F-39

Information regarding the Company’s plans, including U.S. SERP, was as follows (in millions, except percent values):

U.S. Pension Benefits

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

Other Benefits

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

$ 

46.1  $ 

43.1  $  165.2  $  151.1 

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 

43.1  $ 

39.1  $  153.0  $  138.4  $ 

2.8  $ 

Service cost

Interest cost

Transfer from held for sale

Settlements

Curtailments

Plan amendments
Actuarial loss (gain)(1)
Benefits paid

Foreign exchange effect

Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Settlements

Employer contribution
Employee contribution

Benefits paid

Transfer to held for sale

Foreign exchange effect

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial 

position are included in:

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Amounts recognized in accumulated other 

comprehensive loss consist of:

— 

1.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.0 

0.2 

1.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.4 

1.5 

2.8 

— 

(1.3)   

(1.0)   

0.4 

12.5 

1.9 

3.6 

0.1 

(2.4)   

(0.3)   

— 

12.6 

(2.4)   

(1.2)   

(6.5)   

(5.8)   

— 

46.1 

— 

43.1 

— 

— 

— 

2.4 
— 

— 

— 

— 

1.2 
— 

5.9 

167.3 

122.1 

13.8 

4.9 

153.0 

107.5 

10.9 

(1.3)   

(2.4)   

7.1 
0.4 

7.1 
0.5 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2)   

(0.3)   

— 

2.4 

— 

— 

— 
0.3 

— 

(2.4)   

(1.2)   

(6.5)   

(5.8)   

(0.3)   

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.3 

— 

4.3 

139.9 

122.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

(46.1)  $ 

(43.1)  $ 

(27.4)  $ 

(30.9)  $ 

(2.4)  $ 

(2.8) 

$ 

2.3  $ 

2.4  $ 

0.6  $ 

0.6  $ 

0.3  $ 

43.8 

40.7 

26.8 

30.3 

2.1 

$ 

46.1  $ 

43.1  $ 

27.4  $ 

30.9  $ 

2.4  $ 

0.9 

— 

0.1 

2.1 

— 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

(0.2) 

— 

2.8 

— 

— 

— 
0.2 

— 

0.3 

2.5 

2.8 

0.4 

— 

Actuarial net loss

$ 

7.1  $ 

3.1  $ 

52.1  $ 

48.3  $ 

0.2  $ 

Prior service cost
Total amounts recognized in accumulated other 

— 

— 

3.0 

2.6 

— 

comprehensive loss

$ 

7.1  $ 

3.1  $ 

55.1  $ 

50.9  $ 

0.2  $ 

0.4 

(1) Actuarial losses related to U.S. and non-U.S. pension benefits for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were due primarily to the decreased discount 
rate when compared to the rate used in the prior year.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Pension Benefits

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

Other Benefits

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Weighted-average assumptions as of 
December 31:

Discount rate(1)
Expected return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase(1)

 2.50 %  3.31 %  4.41 %  1.42 %  1.87 %  2.67 %  2.12 %  3.10 %  4.14 %

 — %

 — %

 — %

 — %  3.93 %  4.40 %  4.40 %

 — %  3.75 %  0.17 %  0.17 %  0.19 %

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(1) The weighted average assumptions as of December 31 are used to calculate the funded status at the end of the current year and the net periodic cost for the 
subsequent year.

U.S. Pension Benefits
2019

2018

2020

Non-U.S. Pension Benefits

Other Benefits

2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

Components of net periodic cost:

Service cost

Interest cost

$  —  $  0.2  $  0.4  $  1.5  $  1.9  $  1.8  $  —  $  —  $  — 

  1.4 

  1.6 

  4.3 

  2.8 

  3.6 

  3.4 

  0.1 

  0.1 

  — 

Expected return on plan assets

  — 

  — 

  (5.6)    (5.4)    (4.7)    (5.0)    — 

  — 

  — 

Recognition of prior service cost

  — 

  — 

  0.1 

  0.1 

  0.1 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

Amortization of actuarial loss

  — 

  (0.5)    2.6 

  1.7 

  1.5 

  1.4 

  — 

  — 

  — 

Settlements

Other

Net periodic cost 

  — 

  — 

  50.5 

  — 

  0.6 

  0.8 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  (0.2)    — 

  (0.9)    (0.7)    (0.4)    — 

  — 

  — 

$  1.4  $  1.1  $ 52.3  $ (0.2)  $  2.3  $  2.0  $  0.1  $  0.1  $  — 

Components of Net periodic cost other than the Service cost component are included in Other income (expense) - Net in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss).  The Service cost component is included in the same line item or 
items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by pertinent employees during the period.

Pension Settlements

In  November  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  contract  for  a  group  annuity  to  transfer  the  obligation  to  pay  the  remaining 
retirement  benefits  of  all  plan  participants  in  the  Terex  Plan  to  an  insurance  company  (the  “Pension  Annuitization”).    The 
transfer  of  $108.5  million  ($31.0  million  related  to  discontinued  operations),  in  both  plan  obligations  and  plan  assets  was 
completed  on  November  5,  2018.    The  Company  contributed  $4.7  million  to  the  plan  to  facilitate  the  transaction,  secure  the 
remaining  plan  obligations  and  take  advantage  of  certain  tax  benefits.    Prior  to  the  transaction,  the  Terex  Plan  had 
approximately 2,600 participants.  As a result of the Pension Annuitization, the Company recorded a pretax non-cash settlement 
loss of $50.5 million (after tax $32.1 million) reflecting the accelerated recognition of unamortized losses in the Terex Plan as a 
result of the obligation that was settled.

Participants  in  the  Company’s  U.K.  pension  plan  may  elect  to  receive  a  lump-sum  settlement  of  remaining  pension  benefits 
under the terms of the plan.  As a result of participants electing the lump-sum option during the years ended December 31, 2019 
and 2018, the Company settled $2.4 million and $2.7 million of non-U.S. pension obligations, respectively.  The settlements 
were  paid  from  plan  assets  and  did  not  require  a  cash  contribution  from  the  Company.    As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded 
settlement  losses  of  $0.6  million  and  $0.8  million  reflecting  the  accelerated  recognition  of  unamortized  losses  in  the  plan 
proportionate to the obligation that was settled in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations 
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

Net (gain) loss
Amortization of actuarial gain (loss)
Amortization of prior service cost
Disposals
Settlements
Foreign exchange effect

U.S. Pension Benefits

Non-U.S. Pension 
Benefits

Other Benefits

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

4.2  $ 
(1.7)   
(0.2)   

4.0  $ 

$ 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

3.4  $ 
0.6 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 
1.9 

(0.2)  $ 

6.4  $ 
(2.5)    — 
(0.2)    — 
(17.9)    — 
(0.6)    — 
  — 
1.6 

(0.1) 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

4.0  $ 

4.0  $ 

4.2  $  (13.2)  $ 

(0.2)  $ 

(0.1) 

For the Company’s plans, including the U.S. SERP, that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the 
projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were (in millions):

Projected benefit obligation

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

U.S. Pension
Benefits

Non-U.S. Pension 
Benefits

2020

2019

2020

2019

$  46.1  $  43.1  $ 167.3  $ 153.0 

$  46.1  $  43.1  $ 165.2  $ 151.1 

$  —  $  —  $ 139.9  $ 122.1 

The Company had no pension benefit plans with fair value of  plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligations or accumulated benefit obligations.

Determination of plan obligations and associated expenses requires the use of actuarial valuations based on certain economic 
assumptions, which includes discount rates and expected rates of return on plan assets.  The discount rate enables the Company 
to estimate the present value of expected future cash flows on the measurement date.  The rate used reflects a rate of return on 
high-quality  fixed  income  investments  that  matches  the  duration  of  expected  benefit  payments  at  the  December  31 
measurement date.

The methodology used to determine the rate of return on non-U.S. pension plan assets was based on average rate of earnings on 
funds invested and to be invested.  Based on historical returns and future expectations, the Company believes the investment 
return assumptions are reasonable.  The expected rate of return of plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on the 
investment portfolio.  This assumption is reviewed by the trustees and varies with each of the plans.

The  overall  investment  strategy  for  non-U.S.  defined  benefit  plans  is  to  achieve  a  mix  of  investments  to  support  long-term 
growth  and  minimize  volatility  while  maximizing  rates  of  return  by  diversification  of  asset  types,  fund  strategies  and  fund 
managers.    Fixed  income  investments  include  investments  in  European  government  securities  and  European  corporate  bonds 
and constitute approximately 74% and 72% of the portfolio at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Equity investments, 
multi-asset investment funds and real estate investments that invest in a diversified range of property principally in the retail, 
office and industrial/warehouse sectors constitute approximately 26% and 28% of the portfolio at December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively.    Investments  of  the  plans  primarily  include  investments  in  companies  from  diversified  industries  with  87% 
invested  internationally  and  13%  invested  in  North  America.    The  target  investment  allocations  to  support  the  Company’s 
investment  strategy  for  2021  are  approximately  74%  to  75%  fixed  income  securities  and  approximately  25%  to  26%  equity 
securities, multi-asset investment funds and real estate investments.

Fair value of cash in the table below is based on price quotations in an active market and therefore categorized under Level 1 of 
the ASC 820 hierarchy.  Fair value of investment funds is priced on the market value of underlying investments in the portfolio 
and therefore categorized as Level 2 of the ASC 820 hierarchy.  Fair value of group annuity insurance contracts is based on 
techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable and therefore categorized 
as  Level  3  of  the  ASC  820  hierarchy.    Specifically,  group  annuity  insurance  contracts  are  valued  at  original  buy  in  price 
adjusted  for  changes  in  discount  rates  and  other  actuarial  assumptions.    See  Note  A  –  “Basis  of  Presentation,”  for  an 
explanation of the ASC 820 hierarchy.

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of the Company’s plan assets at December 31, 2020 are as follows (in millions):

Non-U.S. Pension Plans

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash, including money market funds
U.S. equities
Non-U.S. equities
Non-U.S. corporate bond funds
Non-U.S. governmental fixed income funds
Group annuity insurance contracts
Real estate
Other securities
Total investments measured at fair value

$ 

4.4  $ 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

4.4  $  —  $  — 
— 
18.4 
— 
14.4 
— 
2.9 
— 
36.8 
35.3 
  — 
— 
3.8 
— 
23.9 
4.4  $  100.2  $  35.3 

18.4 
14.4 
2.9 
36.8 
35.3 
3.8 
23.9 
$  139.9  $ 

The fair value of the Company’s plan assets at December 31, 2019 are as follows (in millions):

Non-U.S. Pension Plans

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash, including money market funds
U.S. equities
Non-U.S. equities
Non-U.S. corporate bond funds
Non-U.S. governmental fixed income funds
Group annuity insurance contracts
Real estate
Other securities
Total investments measured at fair value

$ 

2.3  $ 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

2.3  $  —  $  — 
— 
16.1 
— 
14.1 
— 
2.8 
— 
25.2 
35.5 
  — 
3.8 
— 
— 
22.3 
2.3  $  84.3  $  35.5 

16.1 
14.1 
2.8 
25.2 
35.5 
3.8 
22.3 
$  122.1  $ 

Changes in fair value measurements of Level 3 investments during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows 
(in millions):

Balance at beginning of year
Actuarial gain (loss)
Transfers into (out of)  Level 3
Foreign exchange effect
Balance at end of year

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$ 

$ 

35.5  $ 
1.1 
(2.4)   
1.1 
35.3  $ 

— 
— 
35.5 
— 
35.5 

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company plans to contribute approximately $2 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and post-retirement plans 
and approximately $7 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2021.  During the year ended December 31, 2020, 
the Company contributed $2.6 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and post-retirement plans and $7.1 million to its 
non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans.  The Company’s estimated future benefit payments under its plans are as follows (in 
millions):

Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026-2030

U.S. Pension 
Benefits

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

2.4 
2.4 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
12.2 

Non-U.S. 
Pension Benefits
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

6.5  $ 
6.2  $ 
5.8  $ 
6.1  $ 
6.5  $ 
32.1  $ 

Other Benefits
0.3 
0.3 
0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.6 

For the other benefits, for measurement purposes, a 8.50% rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits 
was assumed for 2021, decreasing one-half percentage point per year until it reaches 4.50% for 2029 and thereafter.  Assumed 
health care cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans.

A  one-percentage-point  change  in  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  would  not  have  a  material  effect  on  total  service  and 
interest cost components or post-retirement benefit obligation.

NOTE N – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On  December  31,  2020,  there  were  82.9  million  shares  of  common  stock  issued  and  68.6  million  shares  of  common  stock 
outstanding.    Of  the  217.1  million  unissued  shares  of  common  stock  at  that  date,  2.4  million  shares  of  common  stock  were 
reserved for issuance for the vesting of restricted stock.

Common  Stock  in  Treasury.    The  Company  values  treasury  stock  on  an  average  cost  basis.    As  of  December  31,  2020,  the 
Company held 14.3 million shares of common stock in treasury totaling $459.2 million, which include 0.7 million shares held 
in a trust for the benefit of the Company’s deferred compensation plan totaling $17.6 million.

Preferred  Stock.    The  Company’s  certificate  of  incorporation  was  amended  in  June  1998  to  authorize  50.0  million  shares  of 
preferred  stock,  $0.01  par  value  per  share.    As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  there  were  no  shares  of  preferred  stock 
outstanding.

Long-Term Incentive Plans.  In May 2018, the stockholders approved the Terex Corporation 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the 
“2018 Plan”).  The purpose of the 2018 Plan is to assist the Company in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve as 
employees, directors, officers, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates who will contribute to 
the Company’s success and to achieve long-term objectives which will inure to the benefit of all stockholders of the Company 
through the additional incentive inherent in the ownership of the common stock.  The 2018 Plan authorizes the granting of (i) 
options to purchase shares of common stock (“Shares”), (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock awards, (iv) restricted 
stock units, (v) other stock awards, (vi) cash awards and (vii) performance awards.  The maximum number of Shares that may 
be the subject of  awards under the 2018 Plan is 1.2 million Shares, plus the number of Shares remaining available for issuance 
under the Terex Corporation 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) that are not subject to outstanding awards as of 
the date of stockholder approval, and the number of Shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2009 Plan as of such date 
but only to the extent that such outstanding awards are forfeited, expire, or otherwise terminate without the issuance of such 
Shares.  Under the 2018 Plan, Shares covering restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock awards shall only 
be counted as used to the extent that they are actually issued.  As of December 31, 2020, 1.3 million shares were available for 
grant under the 2018 Plan.

F-44

In  May  2009,  the  stockholders  approved  the  2009  Plan.    The  purpose  of  the  2009  Plan  is  to  provide  a  means  whereby 
employees,  directors  and  third-party  service  providers  of  the  Company  develop  a  sense  of  proprietorship  and  personal 
involvement in the development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to the 
business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its stockholders.  The 2009 Plan provides for 
incentive compensation in the form of (i) options to purchase Shares, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock awards 
and restricted stock units, (iv) other stock awards, (v) cash awards, and (vi) performance awards.  The maximum number of 
Shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan was 8.0 million Shares plus the number of Shares remaining available for 
issuance under the Terex Corporation 2000 Incentive Plan and the 1996 Terex Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Under the 2018 and 2009 Plans, approximately 50% of outstanding awards are time-based and vest ratably on each of the first 
three anniversary dates.  Approximately 34% cliff vest at the end of a three-year period and are subject to performance targets 
that may or may not be met and for which the performance period has not yet been completed.  Approximately 16% cliff vest 
and are based on performance targets containing a market condition determined over a three-year period. 

Fair  value  of  restricted  stock  awards  is  based  on  the  market  price  at  the  date  of  grant  approval  except  for  0.4  million  shares 
based on a market condition.  The Company uses the Monte Carlo method to provide grant date fair value for awards with a 
market condition.  The Monte Carlo method is a statistical simulation technique used to provide the grant date fair value of an 
award.  The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used in the valuations:

Dividend yields
Expected historical volatility
Risk free interest rate
Expected life (in years)
Grant date fair value per share

Grant date

Grant date

Grant date

February 26, 2020
2.12%
36.36%
1.14%
3
$21.09

March 12, 2019
1.31%
36.64%
2.40%
3
$38.77

March 8, 2018
1.00%
40.41%
2.38%
3
$41.57

The following table is a summary of restricted stock awards under all of the Company’s plans:

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

Granted
Vested
Canceled, expired or other

Nonvested at December 31, 2020

Restricted Stock
Awards
2,442,260  $ 
1,367,067  $ 
(1,103,352)  $ 
(314,650)  $ 
2,391,325  $ 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

35.53 
22.42 
33.73 
28.88 
27.64 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  unrecognized  compensation  costs  related  to  restricted  stock  totaled  approximately  $32  million, 
which will be expensed over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.  The grant date weighted average fair value for restricted 
stock awards during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $22.42, $33.84 and $40.06, respectively.  The 
total  fair  value  of  shares  vested  for  restricted  stock  awards  was  $37.2  million,  $44.1  million  and  $34.9  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Tax  benefits  associated  with  stock-based  compensation  were  $3.5  million,  $7.3  million  and  $4.6  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The excess tax benefit for all stock-based compensation is included in the 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as an operating cash activity.

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).  The following table reflects the accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) (in 
millions):

Balance at January 1, 2018
Current year change
Balance at December 31, 2018
Current year change
Balance at December 31, 2019
Current year change
Balance at December 31, 2020

Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
$ 

(144.7)  $ 
(80.9)   
(225.6)   
17.4 
(208.2)   
63.0 
(145.2)  $ 

$ 

Derivative
Hedging
Adjustment

Debt & Equity
Securities
Adjustment

Pension
Liability
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

2.1  $ 
(6.5)   
(4.4)   
3.6 
(0.8)   
(5.2)   
(6.0)  $ 

4.3  $ 
(3.5)   
0.8 
1.8 
2.6 
(1.4)   
1.2  $ 

(101.2)  $ 
45.6 
(55.6)   
4.5 
(51.1)   
(7.3)   
(58.4)  $ 

(239.5) 
(45.3) 
(284.8) 
27.3 
(257.5) 
49.1 
(208.4) 

As of December 31, 2020, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the cumulative translation adjustment, derivative 
hedging adjustment, debt and equity securities adjustment and pension liability adjustment are net of a tax benefit/(provision) of 
$4.5 million, $1.3 million, $(0.1) million and $3.9 million, respectively.

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The table below presents changes in AOCI by component for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.  All amounts are net 
of tax (in millions).

Year ended December 31, 2020

Year ended December 31, 2019

Derivative
Hedging
Adj.

Debt &
Equity
Securities
Adj.

Pension
Liability
Adj. 

CTA

Total

CTA (1) 

Derivative
Hedging
Adj.

Debt &
Equity
Securities
Adj.

Pension
Liability
Adj. (2)

Total

Beginning balance

$ (208.2) $ 

(0.8) $ 

2.6  $  (51.1) $ (257.5)  $ (225.6) $ 

(4.4) $ 

0.8  $  (55.6) $ (284.8) 

Other comprehensive 

income (loss) before 
reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from 

63.0   

(9.2)  

(1.4)  

(8.6)  

43.8 

(8.7)  

(2.6)  

1.8   

(10.0)  

(19.5) 

AOCI

  —   

4.0   

—   

1.3   

5.3 

26.1   

6.2   

—   

14.5   

46.8 

Net other comprehensive 

income (loss)

Ending balance 

63.0   

(5.2)  

(1.4)  

(7.3)  

49.1 

17.4   

3.6   

1.8   

4.5   

27.3 

$ (145.2) $ 

(6.0) $ 

1.2  $  (58.4) $ (208.4)  $ (208.2) $ 

(0.8) $ 

2.6  $  (51.1) $ (257.5) 

(1) Reclassifications relate to $26.1 million of losses (net of $2.8 million of tax benefits) reclassified from AOCI to Gain (loss) on disposition 

of discontinued operations - net of tax in connection with the disposition of Demag.

(2) Reclassifications primarily relate to $12.6 million of losses (net of $5.3 million of tax benefits) reclassified from AOCI to Gain (loss) on 

disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax in connection with the disposition of Demag.

Share Repurchases and Dividends

Since February 2018, Terex’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to an additional $625 million of the 
Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.  The Company repurchased 2.5 million shares for $54.6 million, 0.2 million 
shares for $4.9 million and 11.4 million shares for $425.0 million under these programs during the years ended December 31, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Terex’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per share in the first quarter of 2020, which was paid to the Company’s 
shareholders.  Terex’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.11 and $0.10 per share in each quarter of 2019 and 2018, 
respectively, which were paid to the Company’s shareholders.

In  April  2020,  the  Company  announced  that  it  had  suspended  further  share  repurchases  and  dividend  payments  for  the 
remainder  of  2020.    In  February  2021,  Terex’s  Board  of  Directors  reinstated  a  quarterly  dividend  for  2021  and  declared  a 
dividend of $0.12 per share which will be paid on March 19, 2021.

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE O – LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES

General

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability,  general  liability,  workers’  compensation 
liability,  employment,  commercial  and  intellectual  property  litigation,  which  have  arisen  in  the  normal  course  of  operations.  
The Company is insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage 
and other insurable risk required by law or contract, with retained liability or deductibles.  The Company records and maintains 
an estimated liability in the amount of management’s estimate of the Company’s aggregate exposure for such retained liabilities 
and  deductibles.    For  such  retained  liabilities  and  deductibles,  the  Company  determines  its  exposure  based  on  probable  loss 
estimations,  which  requires  such  losses  to  be  both  probable  and  the  amount  or  range  of  probable  loss  to  be  estimable.    The 
Company believes it has made appropriate and adequate reserves and accruals for its current contingencies and the likelihood of 
a material loss beyond amounts accrued is remote.  The Company believes the outcome of such matters, individually and in 
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on its financial statements as a whole.  However, outcomes of lawsuits cannot 
be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in the Company incurring significant liabilities which could 
have a material adverse effect on its results of operations.

Terex Latin América Equipamentos Ltda ICMS Proceedings

Terex Latin America Equipamentos Ltda (“TLA”) imports Terex products into Brazil through the state of Espirito Santo to its 
facility in Sao Paulo.  For the 2004 through March 2009 period, TLA used a third-party trading company, SAB, as an agent to 
process the importation of Terex products.  TLA properly paid the Espirito Santo ICMS tax (Brazilian state value-added tax) to 
SAB for payment to Espirito Santo, which would produce an ICMS credit to be used against imposition of Sao Paolo ICMS tax.  
SAB went into bankruptcy and may not have actually remitted to Espirito Santo the ICMS tax amounts paid to it by TLA.  The 
Brazilian state of Sao Paulo challenged the credit against Sao Paolo ICMS that TLA claimed and assessed unpaid ICMS tax, 
penalties and related interest in the amount of approximately BRL 102 million ($19 million).  TLA challenged the claim of Sao 
Paulo and learned in October 2019 that the Sao Paulo claim has survived the administrative tribunal process.  TLA anticipates 
that it will receive notice for an amount due from Sao Paulo and expects to protest the Sao Paulo claim in litigation.  While the 
Company believes the position of the state of Sao Paulo is without merit and continues to vigorously oppose it, no assurance 
can  be  given  as  to  the  final  resolution  of  the  ICMS  litigation  or  that  TLA  will  not  ultimately  be  required  to  pay  ICMS  and 
interest to the state of Sao Paulo.

Other

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  other  legal  proceedings  which  have  arisen  in  the  normal  course  of  its  operations.    The 
Company has recorded provisions for estimated losses in circumstances where a loss is probable and the amount or range of 
possible amounts of the loss is estimable.

Credit Guarantees

Customers  of  the  Company  from  time  to  time  may  fund  the  acquisition  of  the  Company’s  equipment  through  third-party 
finance companies.  In certain instances, the Company may provide a credit guarantee to the finance company, by which the 
Company agrees to make payments to the finance company should the customer default.  These may require the Company to: 
(i)  pay-off  the  customer’s  obligations,  (ii)  assume  the  customer’s  payments  or  (iii)  pay  a  predetermined  percentage  of  the 
customer’s outstanding obligation.  The current amount of the maximum potential liability under these credit guarantees cannot 
be reasonably estimated due to limited availability of the unique facts and circumstances of each arrangement, such as customer 
delinquency  and  whether  changes  have  been  made  to  the  structure  of  the  contractual  obligation  between  the  funder  and 
customer.

For  credit  guarantees  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  maximum  exposure  determined  at  inception  was 
$143.8 million and $78.4 million, respectively.  Terms of these guarantees coincide with the financing arranged by the customer 
and generally do not exceed five years.  Given the Company’s position as original equipment manufacturer and its knowledge 
of  end  markets,  the  Company,  when  called  upon  to  fulfill  a  guarantee,  generally  has  been  able  to  liquidate  the  financed 
equipment at a minimal loss, if any, to the Company.

There can be no assurance that historical credit default experience will be indicative of future results.  The Company’s ability to 
recover losses experienced from its guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in effect at the time of loss.

F-47

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(Amounts in millions)

Balance
Beginning
of Year

Charges to
Earnings

Other (1)

Deductions (2)

Balance End
of Year

Year ended December 31, 2020
Deducted from asset accounts:

Allowance for doubtful accounts - Current
Allowance for doubtful accounts - Non-current
Reserve for inventory
Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets

Totals

Year ended December 31, 2019
Deducted from asset accounts:

Allowance for doubtful accounts - Current
Allowance for doubtful accounts - Non-current
Reserve for inventory
Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets

Totals

Year ended December 31, 2018
Deducted from asset accounts:

Allowance for doubtful accounts - Current
Allowance for doubtful accounts - Non-current
Reserve for inventory
Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets

Totals

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

9.9  $ 
21.3 
53.2 
107.0 
191.4  $ 

1.8  $ 
0.1 
8.1 
(1.7)   
8.3  $ 

2.6  $ 
0.9 
3.1 
6.8 
13.4  $ 

(4.8)  $ 
(10.8)   
(2.6)   
— 
(18.2)  $ 

9.1  $ 
21.6 
49.8 
114.3 
194.8  $ 

6.4  $ 
— 
4.1 
(4.1)   
6.4  $ 

(0.6)  $ 
(0.3)   
3.1 
(3.2)   
(1.0)  $ 

(5.0)  $ 
— 
(3.8)   
— 
(8.8)  $ 

9.3  $ 
22.2 
53.4 
134.6 
219.5  $ 

2.4  $ 
0.2 
6.5 
(15.8)   
(6.7)  $ 

—  $ 
(0.8)   
(1.7)   
(4.5)   
(7.0)  $ 

(2.6)  $ 
— 
(8.4)   
— 
(11.0)  $ 

9.5 
11.5 
61.8 
112.1 
194.9 

9.9 
21.3 
53.2 
107.0 
191.4 

9.1 
21.6 
49.8 
114.3 
194.8 

(1) Primarily represents the impact of foreign currency exchange, business divestitures and other amounts recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income 

(loss).

(2) Primarily represents the utilization of established reserves, net of recoveries.

F-48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, John L. Garrison, Jr., certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Terex Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of  the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 12, 2021 

/s/ John L. Garrison, Jr.
John L. Garrison, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 
  
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, John D. Sheehan, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Terex Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of  the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 12, 2021 

/s/ John D. Sheehan
John D. Sheehan
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

In  connection  with  the  annual  report  of  Terex  Corporation  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  period  ended 
December  31,  2020  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  we,  John  L. 
Garrison Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and John D. Sheehan, Senior Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of our knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.

/s/ John L. Garrison, Jr.
John L. Garrison, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

February 12, 2021

/s/ John D. Sheehan
John D. Sheehan
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

February 12, 2021

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  906,  or  other  document  authenticating,  acknowledging  or 
otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by 
Section 906, has been provided to Terex Corporation and will be retained by Terex Corporation and furnished to the Securities 
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Terex WayThe values and beliefs that guide our actions and behaviors INTEGRITY• We will not sacrifice integrity for profit.• We are transparent in all of our business dealings.• We are accountable to our team members, customers and shareholders for achieving our goals while protecting our reputation and assets.RESPECT• We provide a safe and healthy work environment for our team members.• We treat all people with dignity and respect.• We value the differences in people’s thinking, backgrounds and cultures.• We are committed to team member development.IMPROVEMENT• We continuously search for new and better ways of doing things, eliminating waste and continually improving.• We challenge the status quo and require stretch goals.• We work in teams across boundaries.SERVANT LEADERSHIP• We work to serve the needs of our customers, investors and team members.• We nurture a “chain of support” versus a “chain of command.”• We ask what we can do to help.COURAGE• We have the personal and professional courage to do the  right thing and take risks  that may cause us to win as  well as to fail periodically.• We make decisions and take action.• We don’t admonish failure, only the failure to learn.CITIZENSHIP• We’re good global, local and national citizens.• We are good stewards of the environment and the communities  in which we serve.• We participate in making the world we live in a better place.Execute, Innovate, Grow · Terex Corporation Annual Report 2020Shareholder InformationBOARD OF DIRECTORSJohn L. Garrison, Jr.Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerDavid A. SachsPartner, Ares Management Corp Lead Director, Terex CorporationPaula H. J. CholmondeleyPrivate Consultant, Strategic PlanningDonald DefossetChairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (retired)  Walter Industries, Inc.Thomas J. HansenVice Chairman (retired)  Illinois Tool Works, Inc.Sandie O’ConnorChief Regulatory Affairs Officer (retired) JP Morgan Chase & CompanyChristopher RossiPresident and Chief Executive Officer Kennametal, Inc.Effective January 1, 2021Andra RushChair and Chief Executive Officer Rush GroupThis Annual Report generally speaks as of December 31, 2020 and excludes discontinued operations. This annual report contains forward-looking information based on current expectations of Terex. Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results could differ materially. For a more detailed description of such risks and uncertainties, see the Terex Annual Report on Form 10-K, included with this Annual Report, under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Information.” The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Terex expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report to reflect any change in its expectations. This Annual Report refers to various non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures. The non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures being disclosed by other companies. Terex believes that this information is useful to understanding its operating results and the ongoing performance of its underlying businesses. The photographs, products, and service names included in this Annual Report may be trademarks, service marks, or trade names of Terex Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in the USA and other countries and all rights are reserved. Terex is a Registered Trademark of Terex Corporation in the USA and many other countries. Copyright 2021 Terex Corporation.CORPORATE LEADERSHIPJohn L. Garrison, Jr.Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, President, Terex Aerial Work PlatformsJohn D. SheehanSenior Vice President,  Chief Financial OfficerStacey B. Babson-SmithVice President, Chief Ethics  and Compliance OfficerAndrew Campbell Vice President, Chief Information OfficerAmy J. GeorgeSenior Vice President,  Chief Human Resources OfficerKieran HegartyPresident, Terex Materials ProcessingScott J. PosnerSenior Vice President, General Counsel and SecretaryRandy S. WilliamsonVice President, Corporate Development and Chief Strategy OfficerCORPORATE HEADQUARTERSTerex Corporation  45 Glover Ave, 4th Floor Norwalk, CT 06850, USATelephone: 203-222-7170 Website: www.terex.comTRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRARAmerican Stock Transfer  & Trust Company 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219Telephone: 800-937-5449  or 718-921-8124Shareholders seeking information  concerning stock transfers, changes  of address and lost certificates  should contact the company’s stock  transfer agent directly. American Stock  Transfer & Trust Company may also  be contacted at help@astfinancial.com.STOCK INFORMATIONStock Symbol: TEX Stock Exchange: New York Stock Exchange The high and low quarterly sales prices  for the past two years of Terex Corporation are as follows ($):2020Q1Q2Q3Q4High30.1721.9922.5536.92Low12.1111.5417.1919.682019Q1Q2Q3Q4High38.5734.6733.4931.28Low25.8126.5922.9122.84 ANNUAL REPORT/FORM 10-KCopies of the Annual Report/Form10-K  are available by downloading from  https://investors.terex.com.ANNUAL MEETINGA virtual Annual Meeting of Shareholders  will be held at 10 a.m. (Eastern Time) on  May 6, 2021. Design: Taylor Design23116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   223116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   23/26/21   10:46 AM3/26/21   10:46 AMANNUAL REPORT 2020ANNUAL REPORT 2020CORPORATIONCORPORATIONEXECUTE INNOVATEGROW45 Glover Ave, 4th Floor Norwalk, CT 06850 203-222-7170 www.terex.comEXECUTE INNOVATE GROW · TEREX CORPORATION ANNUAL REPORT 202023116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   123116_Terex_Annual-Report_CVR.indd   13/16/21   5:07 PM3/16/21   5:07 PM